WO2021237496A1 - 液压调节单元、制动系统及控制方法 - Google Patents

液压调节单元、制动系统及控制方法 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021237496A1
WO2021237496A1 PCT/CN2020/092514 CN2020092514W WO2021237496A1 WO 2021237496 A1 WO2021237496 A1 WO 2021237496A1 CN 2020092514 W CN2020092514 W CN 2020092514W WO 2021237496 A1 WO2021237496 A1 WO 2021237496A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
brake
control valve
hydraulic
hydraulic chamber
control
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/092514
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
杨维妙
张永生
卢宇灏
王广义
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to JP2022572778A priority Critical patent/JP7511676B2/ja
Priority to CN202080004665.3A priority patent/CN112867646B/zh
Priority to PCT/CN2020/092514 priority patent/WO2021237496A1/zh
Priority to EP20937840.5A priority patent/EP4147926A4/en
Publication of WO2021237496A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021237496A1/zh
Priority to US17/992,384 priority patent/US20230092225A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60TVEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T13/00Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems
    • B60T13/10Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems with fluid assistance, drive, or release
    • B60T13/66Electrical control in fluid-pressure brake systems
    • B60T13/68Electrical control in fluid-pressure brake systems by electrically-controlled valves
    • B60T13/686Electrical control in fluid-pressure brake systems by electrically-controlled valves in hydraulic systems or parts thereof
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60TVEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T13/00Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems
    • B60T13/10Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems with fluid assistance, drive, or release
    • B60T13/12Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems with fluid assistance, drive, or release the fluid being liquid
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60TVEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T13/00Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems
    • B60T13/10Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems with fluid assistance, drive, or release
    • B60T13/12Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems with fluid assistance, drive, or release the fluid being liquid
    • B60T13/14Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems with fluid assistance, drive, or release the fluid being liquid using accumulators or reservoirs fed by pumps
    • B60T13/142Systems with master cylinder
    • B60T13/147In combination with distributor valve
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60TVEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T13/00Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems
    • B60T13/10Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems with fluid assistance, drive, or release
    • B60T13/12Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems with fluid assistance, drive, or release the fluid being liquid
    • B60T13/16Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems with fluid assistance, drive, or release the fluid being liquid using pumps directly, i.e. without interposition of accumulators or reservoirs
    • B60T13/168Arrangements for pressure supply
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60TVEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T13/00Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems
    • B60T13/10Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems with fluid assistance, drive, or release
    • B60T13/66Electrical control in fluid-pressure brake systems
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60TVEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T13/00Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems
    • B60T13/10Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems with fluid assistance, drive, or release
    • B60T13/66Electrical control in fluid-pressure brake systems
    • B60T13/662Electrical control in fluid-pressure brake systems characterised by specified functions of the control system components
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60TVEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T13/00Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems
    • B60T13/74Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems with electrical assistance or drive
    • B60T13/745Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems with electrical assistance or drive acting on a hydraulic system, e.g. a master cylinder
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60TVEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T7/00Brake-action initiating means
    • B60T7/02Brake-action initiating means for personal initiation
    • B60T7/04Brake-action initiating means for personal initiation foot actuated
    • B60T7/042Brake-action initiating means for personal initiation foot actuated by electrical means, e.g. using travel or force sensors
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60TVEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T8/00Arrangements for adjusting wheel-braking force to meet varying vehicular or ground-surface conditions, e.g. limiting or varying distribution of braking force
    • B60T8/32Arrangements for adjusting wheel-braking force to meet varying vehicular or ground-surface conditions, e.g. limiting or varying distribution of braking force responsive to a speed condition, e.g. acceleration or deceleration
    • B60T8/34Arrangements for adjusting wheel-braking force to meet varying vehicular or ground-surface conditions, e.g. limiting or varying distribution of braking force responsive to a speed condition, e.g. acceleration or deceleration having a fluid pressure regulator responsive to a speed condition
    • B60T8/40Arrangements for adjusting wheel-braking force to meet varying vehicular or ground-surface conditions, e.g. limiting or varying distribution of braking force responsive to a speed condition, e.g. acceleration or deceleration having a fluid pressure regulator responsive to a speed condition comprising an additional fluid circuit including fluid pressurising means for modifying the pressure of the braking fluid, e.g. including wheel driven pumps for detecting a speed condition, or pumps which are controlled by means independent of the braking system
    • B60T8/4072Systems in which a driver input signal is used as a control signal for the additional fluid circuit which is normally used for braking
    • B60T8/4081Systems with stroke simulating devices for driver input
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60TVEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T8/00Arrangements for adjusting wheel-braking force to meet varying vehicular or ground-surface conditions, e.g. limiting or varying distribution of braking force
    • B60T8/32Arrangements for adjusting wheel-braking force to meet varying vehicular or ground-surface conditions, e.g. limiting or varying distribution of braking force responsive to a speed condition, e.g. acceleration or deceleration
    • B60T8/34Arrangements for adjusting wheel-braking force to meet varying vehicular or ground-surface conditions, e.g. limiting or varying distribution of braking force responsive to a speed condition, e.g. acceleration or deceleration having a fluid pressure regulator responsive to a speed condition
    • B60T8/40Arrangements for adjusting wheel-braking force to meet varying vehicular or ground-surface conditions, e.g. limiting or varying distribution of braking force responsive to a speed condition, e.g. acceleration or deceleration having a fluid pressure regulator responsive to a speed condition comprising an additional fluid circuit including fluid pressurising means for modifying the pressure of the braking fluid, e.g. including wheel driven pumps for detecting a speed condition, or pumps which are controlled by means independent of the braking system
    • B60T8/4072Systems in which a driver input signal is used as a control signal for the additional fluid circuit which is normally used for braking
    • B60T8/4081Systems with stroke simulating devices for driver input
    • B60T8/409Systems with stroke simulating devices for driver input characterised by details of the stroke simulating device
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60TVEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T8/00Arrangements for adjusting wheel-braking force to meet varying vehicular or ground-surface conditions, e.g. limiting or varying distribution of braking force
    • B60T8/32Arrangements for adjusting wheel-braking force to meet varying vehicular or ground-surface conditions, e.g. limiting or varying distribution of braking force responsive to a speed condition, e.g. acceleration or deceleration
    • B60T8/88Arrangements for adjusting wheel-braking force to meet varying vehicular or ground-surface conditions, e.g. limiting or varying distribution of braking force responsive to a speed condition, e.g. acceleration or deceleration with failure responsive means, i.e. means for detecting and indicating faulty operation of the speed responsive control means
    • B60T8/92Arrangements for adjusting wheel-braking force to meet varying vehicular or ground-surface conditions, e.g. limiting or varying distribution of braking force responsive to a speed condition, e.g. acceleration or deceleration with failure responsive means, i.e. means for detecting and indicating faulty operation of the speed responsive control means automatically taking corrective action
    • B60T8/94Arrangements for adjusting wheel-braking force to meet varying vehicular or ground-surface conditions, e.g. limiting or varying distribution of braking force responsive to a speed condition, e.g. acceleration or deceleration with failure responsive means, i.e. means for detecting and indicating faulty operation of the speed responsive control means automatically taking corrective action on a fluid pressure regulator
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60TVEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T2270/00Further aspects of brake control systems not otherwise provided for
    • B60T2270/40Failsafe aspects of brake control systems
    • B60T2270/402Back-up

Definitions

  • This application relates to the automotive field, and more specifically, to hydraulic adjustment units, braking systems, and control methods.
  • the braking system of a car is a system that applies a certain braking force to the wheels of the car to perform a certain degree of forced braking.
  • the function of the braking system is to make the driving car decelerate or even stop in accordance with the requirements of the driver or the controller, or make the stopped car park stably under various road conditions (for example, on a slope), or make The speed of the car driving downhill remains stable.
  • Electro-Hydraulic Brake (EHB) as a popular braking system usually includes a dual-circuit braking system and a distributed braking system.
  • the hydraulic adjusting device is used to provide braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders through the first brake line, and the hydraulic adjusting device is used to provide the second set of wheels through the second brake line.
  • General Motors uses a hydraulic adjustment device with a two-way boost function as the hydraulic adjustment device in the above-mentioned dual-circuit brake system.
  • the second hydraulic chamber of the hydraulic regulator with the bidirectional pressurization function is in the process of positive pressurization through the first brake pipeline provided with the one-way valve.
  • One group of vehicles provides braking force
  • the second hydraulic chamber provides braking force for the second group of vehicles through a second brake line provided with a one-way valve.
  • the first hydraulic chamber of the hydraulic adjusting device provides braking force for the first group of vehicles through the first brake line provided with the one-way valve, and at the same time, the first hydraulic chamber is provided with the one-way valve.
  • the second brake line provides braking force for the second group of vehicles.
  • both the first brake line and the second brake line are based on the one-way valve to control the flow of the brake fluid, and the on-off of the brake line cannot be controlled. In this way, when one of the brake lines leaks, the brake fluid in the brake system will be lost along with the leaked brake line, causing the hydraulic adjustment unit to be unable to pressurize the brake system, reducing the vehicle's driving efficiency. safety.
  • the present application provides a hydraulic adjustment unit, a braking system, and a control method to individually pressurize any brake pipeline in the dual-circuit brake pipeline, so as to improve the driving safety of the vehicle.
  • a hydraulic adjustment unit which includes: a hydraulic adjustment device 10 with a bidirectional pressurization function.
  • the hydraulic adjustment device 10 includes a first hydraulic chamber 16 and a second hydraulic chamber 17;
  • the first end of the first control valve 111 in the brake pipeline 110 is connected to the first end of the second control valve 121 in the second brake pipeline 120.
  • the first brake pipeline 110 is used for the first end of the second control valve 121.
  • a set of brake wheel cylinders 28, 29 provide braking force
  • the second brake pipeline 120 is used to provide braking force for the second set of brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, and the first control valve 111 is used to control the first brake pipe
  • the on-off state of the circuit 110, the second control valve 121 is used to control the on-off state of the second brake pipe 120, the first end of the first control valve 111 and the first end of the second control valve 121 pass through the fourth system
  • the moving pipeline 140 is in communication; the first hydraulic chamber 16 is in communication with the fourth brake pipeline 140 through the third brake pipeline 130.
  • the second hydraulic chamber 17 or the first hydraulic chamber 16 provides braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28, 29 through the first brake pipeline 110 provided with the first control valve 111, and
  • the second brake pipeline 120 provided with the second control valve 121 provides braking force for the second group of brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, which is beneficial to achieve the effect of the first brake pipeline 110 and the second brake pipeline 120. Separate supercharging improves the driving safety of the vehicle. It is avoided that in the prior art, the first hydraulic chamber 16 cannot separately pressurize the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29 through the first brake pipeline 110.
  • first hydraulic chamber 16 and the second hydraulic chamber 17 can be multiplexed with the first control valve 111 and the second control valve 121, so as to realize the independent pressure increase of any brake circuit in the dual-circuit brake system. It is beneficial to reduce the number of control valves in the dual-circuit brake system and reduce the cost of the brake system.
  • the fourth brake pipe 140 communicates with the first end of the first control valve 111 and the first end of the second control valve 121, the first brake pipe 110 and the second brake pipe 120
  • the pressure of the middle brake fluid can also be pressure equalized through the fourth brake pipeline.
  • the first hydraulic chamber 16 is in communication with the second brake line 120 through the third brake line 130, where the third brake line 130 is connected to the second brake line 120
  • the interface is connected to the first end of the second control valve 121, and the interface is connected to the fourth brake pipeline 140.
  • the third brake pipeline 130 is connected to the first end of the second control valve 121, and at the same time, the first end of the second control valve 121 passes through the first end of the first control valve 111.
  • the fourth brake pipeline 140 is connected, so that the first control valve 111 can control whether the third brake pipeline 130 provides braking force for the first group of brake wheel cylinders 28, 29 through the first brake pipeline 110,
  • the second control valve 121 can control whether the third brake pipeline 130 provides the braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26, 27 through the second brake pipeline 120, which is beneficial to reduce the hydraulic adjustment device 10 in the braking system.
  • the number of matched control valves are the number of matched control valves.
  • the on-off state of the first control valve 111 is used to control the first hydraulic chamber 16 to pass through the third brake pipeline 130 and the second brake pipeline 120 that are in communication, which is a second group system.
  • the moving wheel cylinders 26 and 27 provide braking force;
  • the on-off state of the second control valve 121 is used to control the first hydraulic chamber 16 to pass through the third brake pipeline 130 and the fourth brake pipeline 140, which are the first group
  • the wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29 provide braking force.
  • the first control valve 111 can control whether the third brake pipeline 130 provides braking force for the first group of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29 through the first brake pipeline 110, and the second control valve 121 It is possible to control whether the third brake pipeline 130 provides braking force to the second set of brake wheel cylinders 26 and 27 through the second brake pipeline 120, which is beneficial to reduce the amount of control valve in the brake system that cooperates with the hydraulic adjustment device 10 quantity.
  • the second hydraulic chamber 17 is connected to the fourth brake line 140 through the fifth brake line 150, and the fifth brake line 150 is provided with a third control valve 151 to control the fifth brake line 150. The on and off of the brake line 150.
  • the third control valve 151 is connected in parallel with the one-way valve 152.
  • the one-way valve 152 allows the brake fluid to flow from the second hydraulic chamber 17 to the fourth brake pipeline 140, and blocks braking. The fluid flows from the fourth brake pipe 140 to the second hydraulic chamber 17.
  • the third control valve 151 and the one-way valve 152 in parallel, when the one-way valve 152 fails, the on and off of the third control valve 151 can be controlled to control the flow direction of the brake fluid, which is beneficial to Improve the redundancy performance of the braking system.
  • the second hydraulic chamber 17 is connected to the first brake line 110 through a sixth brake line 160, and a fourth control valve 161 is provided on the sixth brake line 160 to control the first brake line.
  • a fourth control valve 161 is provided on the sixth brake line 160 to control the first brake line.
  • the second hydraulic chamber 17 is in communication with the first control line 110 through the sixth control line 160, and the second hydraulic chamber 17 is also in communication with the second control line 120 through the seventh control line 170. In this way, the second hydraulic chamber 17 outputs or recovers the brake fluid through multiple brake pipelines, which is beneficial to increase the delivery volume of the brake fluid.
  • the sixth control pipe 160 is in communication with the first brake pipe 110
  • the seventh control pipe 170 is in communication with the second brake pipe 120
  • the first brake pipe 110 is in communication with the second brake pipe.
  • the circuit 120 is connected through the fourth brake pipe 140. In this way, if one of the fourth control valve 161 or the fifth control valve 171 fails, the other control valve can still cooperate with the hydraulic adjustment device 10 to realize the operation of the hydraulic adjustment device 10.
  • the two-way supercharging function helps to improve the redundant performance of the braking system.
  • the first hydraulic chamber 16 and the second hydraulic chamber 17 are formed by separating the hydraulic cylinder 11 in the hydraulic adjustment unit by the piston 12 in the hydraulic adjustment unit.
  • the push rod support 14 is provided with a push rod support 14 which supports the push rod 13 that pushes the piston 12 to move along the piston stroke in the hydraulic cylinder 11, and the push rod support 14 is provided with a first hydraulic adjustment port 14a;
  • the rod 13 is provided with a second hydraulic adjustment port 13a, and the first end of the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a is in communication with the first hydraulic chamber 16; when the piston 12 is at the inner dead point of the piston stroke, the first hydraulic adjustment port 14a is The second ends of the two hydraulic adjustment ports 13a are connected; when the piston 12 is located at a position other than the inner dead center in the piston stroke, the second ends of the first hydraulic adjustment ports 14a and the second hydraulic adjustment ports 13a are not connected.
  • the outlet pipe of the first hydraulic chamber 16 is arranged in sections on the push rod support portion 14 corresponding to the first hydraulic adjustment port 14a and the push rod 13 corresponds to the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a, so that when When the piston 12 is at the inner dead center of the piston stroke, the first hydraulic pressure adjustment port 14a communicates with the second end of the second hydraulic pressure adjustment port 13a.
  • the adjustment port 14a is not connected to the second end of the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a, that is, the on-off state of the first hydraulic adjustment port 14a and the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a is controlled by the position of the piston 12 in the piston stroke, avoiding the traditional
  • the hydraulic adjustment device needs to be specially equipped with a control valve for the first hydraulic chamber 16 to control the on and off of the outlet pipe of the first hydraulic chamber 16, which is beneficial to reduce the amount of control valves used in the hydraulic adjustment unit with the hydraulic adjustment device. Quantity, reduce the cost in the hydraulic adjustment unit.
  • first end of the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a is in communication with the first hydraulic chamber 16, which may include when the piston 12 is at the inner dead center of the piston stroke, the first end of the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a is connected to the The first hydraulic chamber 16 is in communication; or, when the piston 12 is at all positions in the piston stroke, the first end of the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a is in communication with the first hydraulic chamber 16.
  • the first hydraulic pressure regulating port 14a is connected to the first liquid outlet pipe 180.
  • the first liquid outlet pipe 180 is used to transfer the first hydraulic pressure
  • the brake fluid in the cavity 16 is discharged.
  • the outlet pipe of the first hydraulic chamber 16 is arranged in sections on the push rod support portion 14 corresponding to the first hydraulic adjustment port 14a and the push rod 13 corresponds to the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a, so that when the piston 12 is at the inner dead center of the piston stroke, the first hydraulic pressure adjustment port 14a is in communication with the second hydraulic pressure adjustment port 13a, and the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 can pass through the connected first hydraulic pressure adjustment port 14a and the second hydraulic pressure adjustment port 13a.
  • the regulating port 13a is discharged to the first liquid outlet pipe 180, and then the first hydraulic chamber 16 is discharged from the first liquid outlet pipe 180, which is beneficial to reduce the number of control valves in the hydraulic adjustment unit and reduce the cost in the hydraulic adjustment unit.
  • an annular or semi-annular first diversion groove 13b is provided along the outer periphery of the push rod 13, and the first diversion groove 13b and the second hydraulic adjustment port The second end of 13a is connected.
  • the first guide groove 13b communicates with the first hydraulic pressure regulating port 14a.
  • an annular or semi-annular second diversion groove 13c is provided along the inner circumference of the push rod support portion 14, and the second diversion groove 13c is connected to the first diversion groove 13c.
  • the hydraulic pressure regulating port 14a is in communication.
  • the second guide groove 13c is in communication with the second end of the second hydraulic pressure regulating port 13a.
  • the second hydraulic pressure adjustment port 13a is obliquely arranged on the push rod 13 and penetrates the push rod 13, and the first end of the second hydraulic pressure adjustment port 13a is connected to the piston
  • the distance between 12 is shorter than the distance between the second end of the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a and the piston 12.
  • the connected first The two hydraulic pressure adjustment ports 13a and the first hydraulic pressure adjustment port 14a may communicate with the first hydraulic chamber 16.
  • the push rod support 14 and the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a are spaced apart to avoid the push rod support 14 from blocking the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a, which is beneficial to convenience
  • the brake fluid flows into the second hydraulic pressure regulating port 13a, which improves the pressure reduction efficiency of the hydraulic pressure regulating device.
  • a brake system including a first set of wheel brake cylinders 28, 29, a second set of wheel brake cylinders 26, 27, and any hydraulic adjustment unit in the first aspect mentioned above.
  • the hydraulic adjustment unit Provide braking force for the first group of wheel brake cylinders 28, 29 and/or the second group of wheel brake cylinders 26, 27.
  • the second hydraulic chamber 17 or the first hydraulic chamber 16 provides braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28, 29 through the first brake pipeline 110 provided with the first control valve 111, and
  • the second brake pipeline 120 provided with the second control valve 121 provides braking force for the second group of brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, which is beneficial to achieve the effect of the first brake pipeline 110 and the second brake pipeline 120. Separate supercharging improves the driving safety of the vehicle. It is avoided that in the prior art, the first hydraulic chamber 16 cannot separately pressurize the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29 through the first brake pipeline 110.
  • first hydraulic chamber 16 and the second hydraulic chamber 17 can be multiplexed with the first control valve 111 and the second control valve 121, so as to realize the independent pressure increase of any brake circuit in the dual-circuit brake system. It is beneficial to reduce the number of control valves in the dual-circuit brake system and reduce the cost of the brake system.
  • the fourth brake pipe 140 communicates with the first end of the first control valve 111 and the first end of the second control valve 121, the first brake pipe 110 and the second brake pipe 120
  • the pressure of the middle brake fluid can also be pressure equalized through the fourth brake pipeline.
  • the braking system further includes a driving device 15 that drives the piston 12 in the hydraulic adjustment device 10 to move along the inner wall of the hydraulic cylinder 11 of the hydraulic adjustment unit to form a piston stroke.
  • the first hydraulic pressure regulating port 14a is connected to the first liquid outlet pipe 180.
  • the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28, 29 and/or The brake fluid in the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26, 27 flows through the second end of the first hydraulic pressure adjustment port 14a and the second hydraulic pressure adjustment port 13a that are connected to the first fluid outlet pipe 180, and passes through the first fluid outlet pipe 180.
  • the liquid outlet pipe 180 is discharged to the liquid storage device 30.
  • the brake system includes a hydraulic adjustment device 10 with a two-way pressurization function.
  • the hydraulic adjustment device 10 includes a piston 12, a hydraulic cylinder 11, and a push rod 13, wherein the piston 12
  • the hydraulic cylinder 11 is divided into a first hydraulic chamber 16 and a second hydraulic chamber 17; the second hydraulic chamber 17 is connected to the first end of the first control valve 111 in the first brake pipeline 110, and is connected to the second brake pipe
  • the first end of the second control valve 121 in the circuit 120 is connected.
  • the first brake pipe 110 is used to provide braking force for the first group of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29, and the second brake pipe 120 is used to provide braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29.
  • the first control valve 111 is used to control the on-off state of the first brake pipe 110, and the second control valve 121 is used to control the on-off state of the second brake pipe 120.
  • the first end of the first control valve 111 is communicated with the first end of the second control valve 121 through the fourth brake pipe 140; the first hydraulic chamber 16 is connected to the fourth brake through the third brake pipe 130
  • the pipeline 140 is connected, and the above-mentioned control method includes: the controller generates a control command, which is used to control the driving device 15 in the braking system; the controller sends a control command to the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12 through the control driving device 15 Move along the inner wall of the hydraulic cylinder 11 to increase or decrease the pressure of the brake fluid in the first group of wheel brake cylinders 28, 29 and/or the second group of wheel brake cylinders 26, 27.
  • the second hydraulic chamber 17 or the first hydraulic chamber 16 provides braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28, 29 through the first brake pipeline 110 provided with the first control valve 111, and
  • the second brake pipeline 120 provided with the second control valve 121 provides braking force for the second group of brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, which is beneficial to achieve the effect of the first brake pipeline 110 and the second brake pipeline 120. Separate supercharging improves the driving safety of the vehicle. It is avoided that in the prior art, the first hydraulic chamber 16 cannot separately pressurize the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29 through the first brake pipeline 110.
  • first hydraulic chamber 16 and the second hydraulic chamber 17 can be multiplexed with the first control valve 111 and the second control valve 121, so as to realize the independent pressure increase of any brake circuit in the dual-circuit brake system. It is beneficial to reduce the number of control valves in the dual-circuit brake system and reduce the cost of the brake system.
  • the fourth brake pipe 140 communicates with the first end of the first control valve 111 and the first end of the second control valve 121, the first brake pipe 110 and the second brake pipe 120
  • the pressure of the middle brake fluid can also be pressure equalized through the fourth brake pipeline.
  • the second hydraulic chamber 17 is connected to the fourth brake line 140 through the fifth brake line 150, and the fifth brake line 150 is provided with a third control valve 151 to control the fifth brake line 150.
  • the controller sends a control command to the driving device 15, including: the controller sends a control command to the driving device 15, and the control command is used to control the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12 to compress the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17 .
  • the third control valve 151 when the hydraulic adjusting device 10 performs positive pressure increase, the third control valve 151 is in a conducting state. In this way, when the controller drives the piston 12 through the driving device 15 to compress the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17, The brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 can flow out of the second hydraulic chamber 17 through the fifth brake line 150.
  • the third control valve 151 is in an open state, and the above-mentioned controller sends a control instruction to the driving device 15, including: the controller sends a control command to the driving device 15 The device 15 sends a control instruction, which is used to control the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12 to compress the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16.
  • the third control valve 151 when the hydraulic adjusting device 10 performs reverse pressure increase, the third control valve 151 is in an open state. In this way, when the controller drives the piston 12 through the driving device 15 to compress the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16, The brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 will not flow to the second hydraulic chamber 17 through the third brake pipeline 130.
  • the third control valve 151 is connected in parallel with the one-way valve 152.
  • the one-way valve 152 allows the brake fluid to flow from the second hydraulic chamber 17 to the fourth brake pipeline 140, and blocks braking.
  • the fluid flows from the fourth brake pipe 140 to the second hydraulic chamber 17.
  • the above method further includes: when the one-way valve 152 fails and the hydraulic pressure regulating device 10 performs positive pressure increase, the controller controls the third control valve 151 It is in a conducting state, so that the second hydraulic chamber 17 provides braking force for the first group of wheel brake cylinders 28, 29 and/or the second group of wheel brake cylinders 26, 27 through the fifth brake pipeline 150.
  • the third control valve 151 and the one-way valve 152 in parallel, when the one-way valve 152 fails, the on and off of the third control valve 151 can be controlled to control the flow direction of the brake fluid, which is beneficial to Improve the redundancy performance of the braking system.
  • the second hydraulic chamber 17 is connected to the first brake line 110 through a sixth brake line 160, and a fourth control valve 161 is provided on the sixth brake line 160 to control the first brake line.
  • a fourth control valve 161 is provided on the sixth brake line 160 to control the first brake line.
  • the on-off of the brake pipeline 160; the second hydraulic chamber 17 is connected to the second brake pipeline 120 through the seventh brake pipeline 170, and the seventh brake pipeline 170 is provided with a fifth control valve 171 to control
  • the seventh brake pipe 170 is turned on and off, the first control valve 111, the second control valve 121, the fourth control valve 161, and the fifth control valve 171 are in conduction during the positive pressure increase process of the hydraulic pressure regulating device 10.
  • the above-mentioned controller sends a control command to the driving device 15, including: the controller sends a control command to the driving device 15, and the control command is used to control the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12 to compress the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17.
  • the first control valve 111, the second control valve 121, the fourth control valve 161, and the fifth control valve 171 are in a conducting state, so that ,
  • the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 can flow to the first brake pipe 110 and the second brake pipe 120 through the sixth brake pipe 160 and the seventh brake pipe 170, which is beneficial to improve the first brake pipe.
  • the fourth control valve 161 if the fourth control valve 161 is stuck and fails, the first control valve 111, the second control valve 121, and the fifth control valve 171 are in a conducting state, and the above-mentioned controller sends control to the driving device 15
  • the instructions include: the controller sends a control instruction to the driving device 15, and the control instruction is used to control the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12 to compress the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17.
  • the fourth control valve 161 if the fourth control valve 161 is stuck and fails, the first control valve 111, the second control valve 121, and the fifth control valve 171 can still cooperate with the hydraulic adjustment device 10 to achieve a positive pressure increase function to improve Redundant performance of the braking system.
  • a part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 flows to the fourth brake pipe 140 through the seventh brake pipe 170, and flows to the first brake pipe 140 through the fourth brake pipe 140.
  • Brake line 110; another part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 flows to the second brake line 120 through the seventh brake line 170.
  • the fourth control valve 161 if the fourth control valve 161 is stuck and fails, a part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 flows through the seventh brake pipe 170 to the fourth brake pipe 140, and passes through the fourth brake pipe.
  • the moving pipe 140 flows to the first brake pipe 110; the other part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 flows to the second brake pipe 120 through the seventh brake pipe 170, that is, the hydraulic adjusting device 10 is realized.
  • the positive pressure boost function to improve the redundant performance of the braking system.
  • the controller sends control to the driving device 15
  • the instructions include: the controller sends a control instruction to the driving device 15, and the control instruction is used to control the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12 to compress the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17.
  • the fifth control valve 171 if the fifth control valve 171 is stuck and fails, the first control valve 111, the second control valve 121, and the fourth control valve 161 can still cooperate with the hydraulic adjustment device 10 to achieve a positive pressure increase function to improve Redundant performance of the braking system.
  • a part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 flows to the fourth brake pipe 140 through the sixth brake pipe 160, and flows to the second brake pipe 140 through the fourth brake pipe 140.
  • Brake line 120; another part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 flows to the first brake line 110 through the sixth brake line 160.
  • the fifth control valve 171 if the fifth control valve 171 is stuck and fails, a part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 flows to the fourth brake pipe 140 through the sixth brake pipe 160, and passes through the fourth brake pipe.
  • the moving pipe 140 flows to the second brake pipe 120, and another part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 flows to the first brake pipe 110 through the sixth brake pipe 160, that is, the hydraulic adjusting device 10 is realized.
  • the positive pressure boost function to improve the redundant performance of the braking system.
  • the fourth control valve 161 and the fifth control valve 171 are in a disconnected state, and the first control valve 111 and the second control valve 121 In the on state, the above-mentioned controller sends a control instruction to the driving device 15, including: the controller sends a control instruction to the driving device 15, and the control instruction is used to control the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12 to compress the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16.
  • the fourth control valve 161 and the fifth control valve 171 are in a disconnected state, and the first control valve 111 and the second control valve 121 are in conduction.
  • the pressure building efficiency of the second hydraulic chamber 16 is improved.
  • an automobile including the brake system according to any one of the possible implementations of the second aspect, wherein the hydraulic adjustment unit in the brake system adjusts the brake in the brake system.
  • the pressure of the brake fluid in the pipeline is used to control the amount of braking force applied to the brake wheel cylinders of the brake system.
  • a control device in a fifth aspect, includes a processing unit and a sending unit.
  • the sending unit is used to send a control instruction
  • the processing unit is used to generate a control instruction so that the control device can execute any one of the possibilities in the third aspect. Control method.
  • control device may be an independent controller in an automobile, or may be a chip with a control function in an automobile.
  • the foregoing processing unit may be a processor, and the foregoing sending unit may be a communication interface.
  • control device may further include a storage unit, and the storage unit may be a memory in the controller, where the memory may be a storage unit in the chip (for example, a register, a cache, etc.), or may be located outside the chip in the car.
  • Storage unit for example, read only memory, random access memory, etc.
  • the memory and the processor are coupled in the above-mentioned controller.
  • the memory is coupled to the processor, it can be understood that the memory is located inside the processor, or the memory is located outside the processor, thereby being independent of the processor.
  • a computer program product includes: computer program code, which when the computer program code runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the methods in the foregoing aspects.
  • the above-mentioned computer program code may be stored in whole or in part on a first storage medium, where the first storage medium may be packaged with the processor or separately packaged with the processor.
  • first storage medium may be packaged with the processor or separately packaged with the processor.
  • a computer-readable medium stores program code, and when the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the methods in the above-mentioned aspects.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a hydraulic adjusting device applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the first diversion groove in the hydraulic adjustment device of the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a second diversion groove in a hydraulic adjusting device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 4 is a conventional dual-circuit electro-hydraulic brake system based on a two-way pressure-increasing/decompressing hydraulic adjustment device.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of a hydraulic adjustment unit according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a hydraulic adjustment unit 600 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the first connection mode of the liquid storage device 30 and the hydraulic adjustment device 10 in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the second connection mode of the liquid storage device 30 and the hydraulic adjusting device 10 in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the third connection mode of the liquid storage device 30 and the hydraulic adjustment device 913 in the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic diagram of a braking system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic diagram of a braking system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 12 is a schematic diagram of a braking system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 13 is a schematic diagram of a braking system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of a control method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 15 is a schematic diagram of a control device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 16 is a schematic block diagram of a controller according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a hydraulic adjusting device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the hydraulic adjusting device 10 shown in FIG. 1 includes a hydraulic cylinder 11, a piston 12, a push rod 13, and a push rod support part 14.
  • the piston 12 moves along the inner wall of the hydraulic cylinder 11 to form a piston stroke.
  • the piston 12 separates the hydraulic cylinder 11 into a first hydraulic chamber 16 and a second hydraulic chamber 17; the end of the first hydraulic chamber 16 is provided with a push rod support part 14.
  • the push rod support part 14 supports the push rod 13, and the push rod support part 14 is provided with a first hydraulic adjustment port 14a; the push rod 13 is provided with a second hydraulic adjustment port 13a, the first hydraulic adjustment port 13a The end communicates with the first hydraulic chamber 16.
  • the first hydraulic pressure adjustment port 14a communicates with the second end of the second hydraulic pressure adjustment port 13a.
  • the first hydraulic pressure adjustment port 14a is not connected to the second end of the second hydraulic pressure adjustment port 13a.
  • the push rod 13 pushes the piston 12 to move along the inner wall of the hydraulic cylinder 11 and forms a piston stroke.
  • the hydraulic cylinder 11 is divided by the piston 12 into two hydraulic chambers, a first hydraulic chamber 16 and a second hydraulic chamber 17.
  • the first flow channel connected to the first hydraulic chamber 16 is composed of a port 11a and a port 11d.
  • the second flow path connected to the second hydraulic chamber 17 is composed of a port 11c and a port 11b.
  • the piston 12 is movably arranged in the hydraulic cylinder 11, one end of the push rod 13 extends into the hydraulic cylinder 11 and is connected with the piston 12, and the other end of the push rod 13 penetrates the hydraulic cylinder 11 and is connected to the driving device 15 for transmission. Driven by the driving device 15, the piston 12 can reciprocate in the hydraulic cylinder 11 to realize the pressure increase or pressure reduction operation of the brake system.
  • the farthest position of the piston 12 from the drive shaft (for example, the center of the crankshaft) of the driving device 15 is called the “external dead point”. Accordingly, the piston 12 is away from the driving device.
  • the most advanced position of the drive shaft (for example, the center of the crankshaft) of 15 is called the “inner dead center”, and the distance between the “outer dead center” and the “inner dead center” is called the piston stroke.
  • the aforementioned piston 12 may be pushed by a driving device 15 that drives a push rod 13, where the driving device 15 may be a motor or other devices with driving capability.
  • the driving device 15 may be a motor or other devices with driving capability.
  • the above-mentioned power replacement mechanism may include, for example, a worm gear assembly or a ball screw nut assembly.
  • the first hydraulic chamber 16 and the second hydraulic chamber 17 are separated by the piston 12, and the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16 and the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17 change as the piston 12 moves.
  • the piston 12 moves in the direction away from the driving device 15 in the hydraulic cylinder 11 (also called “forward movement")
  • the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16 is increased, and the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17 is reduced.
  • the piston 12 moves in the direction close to the driving device 15 (also called “reverse movement") in the hydraulic cylinder 11
  • the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16 is reduced, and the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17 is increased.
  • the piston 12 moves forward in the hydraulic cylinder 11 during the pressurization process, which may be referred to as a "forward pressurization process".
  • the piston 12 moves in the reverse direction in the hydraulic cylinder 11, which can be referred to as a "reverse pressurization process”.
  • first hydraulic pressure adjustment port 14a and second hydraulic pressure adjustment port 13a can be regarded as the ports of the first flow passage communicating with the first hydraulic pressure chamber 16, and the first hydraulic pressure chamber 16 communicates with the second hydraulic pressure through the first hydraulic pressure adjustment port 14a.
  • the adjustment port 13a is connected, and it can be understood that the brake fluid in the first hydraulic pressure chamber 16 can be discharged from the first hydraulic pressure chamber 16 through the connected first hydraulic pressure adjustment port 14a and the second hydraulic pressure adjustment port 13a.
  • the brake fluid in the above-mentioned first hydraulic chamber 16 may flow in through a third hydraulic adjustment port 11a provided on the first hydraulic chamber.
  • the third hydraulic adjustment port 11a communicates with the first hydraulic chamber 16 and the brake pipeline of the brake system.
  • the brake pipeline can be connected to the wheel brake cylinders of the automobile wheels.
  • the controller of the brake system can adjust the brake The hydraulic pressure in the pipeline adjusts the braking force applied to the wheels.
  • the first hydraulic chamber 16 can pump the brake hydraulic pressure into the brake line through the third hydraulic pressure adjustment port 11a, thereby increasing the braking force applied to the wheels.
  • the brake fluid in the brake line can flow into the first hydraulic chamber 16 through the third hydraulic pressure adjustment port 11a, thereby reducing or eliminating the application to the wheels. Braking force.
  • the hydraulic cylinder 11 may also be provided with a fourth hydraulic adjustment port 11b, which is used to communicate the second hydraulic chamber 17 with the brake pipeline of the brake system through a pipeline.
  • the second hydraulic chamber 17 can feed the brake hydraulic pressure into the brake line through the fourth hydraulic pressure adjustment port 11b to increase the braking force applied to the wheels.
  • the brake fluid in the brake pipeline can also flow into the second hydraulic chamber 17 through the fourth hydraulic pressure adjustment port 11b to reduce the braking force applied to the wheels.
  • the aforementioned fourth hydraulic pressure regulating port 11b can also communicate with the second hydraulic chamber 17 and the first hydraulic chamber 16 through a brake pipeline.
  • a part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 is pressed into the brake line to provide braking force to the wheels, and the other part in the second hydraulic chamber 17 brakes
  • the fluid enters the first hydraulic chamber 16 through the fourth hydraulic adjustment port 11b to reduce the pressure difference between the second hydraulic chamber 17 and the first hydraulic chamber 16, reduce the working load of the drive device 15 and increase the life of the motor drive device. .
  • the second hydraulic chamber 17 may also be provided with a fifth hydraulic pressure adjustment port 11c, which is used for the brake fluid supplemented by the liquid storage device 30 for the second hydraulic chamber 17, that is, the liquid storage device 30 passes through the second hydraulic pressure chamber 17
  • the fifth hydraulic pressure adjusting port 11c replenishes the brake fluid into the second hydraulic chamber 17.
  • the fifth hydraulic adjustment port 11c is connected to the liquid storage device 30 through a pipeline.
  • the piston 12 is moved to the right During the movement, the brake fluid in the liquid storage device 30 can be promptly replenished into the second hydraulic chamber 17 through the fifth hydraulic adjustment port 11c.
  • the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a may be inclined on the push rod 13 and penetrate the push rod 13.
  • the liquid inlet of the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a Also known as "the first end of the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a"
  • the distance between the piston 12 is shorter than the liquid outlet of the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a (also known as the "second end of the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a" ) And the distance between the piston 12.
  • the distance between the liquid inlet of the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a and the piston 12 is shorter than the distance between the liquid outlet of the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a and the piston 12, which can be understood as the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a and the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a
  • the side where a hydraulic adjustment port 14a communicates is closer to the piston 12 than the side where the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a communicates with the first hydraulic chamber 16.
  • the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a may also be a U-shaped hole, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the push rod support portion 14 may be spaced apart from the second hydraulic pressure adjustment port 13a, or in other words, When the piston 12 is at the inner dead center or the outer dead center, there may be a certain interval between the push rod support portion 14 and the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a, so that the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 can enter and exit the first hydraulic chamber without being blocked. Two hydraulic adjustment ports 13a.
  • the push rod supporting portion 14 can also block a part of the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a. The embodiment of the application does not limit this.
  • the outlet pipe of the first hydraulic chamber 16 is arranged in sections on the push rod support portion 14 corresponding to the first hydraulic adjustment port 14a and the push rod 13 corresponds to the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a, so that when When the piston 12 is at the inner dead center of the piston stroke, the first hydraulic pressure adjustment port 14a communicates with the second end of the second hydraulic pressure adjustment port 13a.
  • the adjustment port 14a is not connected to the second end of the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a, that is, the on-off state of the first hydraulic adjustment port 14a and the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a is controlled by the position of the piston 12 in the piston stroke, avoiding the traditional
  • the hydraulic adjustment device needs to be specially equipped with a control valve for the first hydraulic chamber 16 to control the on and off of the outlet pipe of the first hydraulic chamber 16, which is beneficial to reduce the amount of control valves used in the hydraulic adjustment unit with the hydraulic adjustment device. Quantity, reduce the cost in the hydraulic adjustment unit.
  • the push rod 13 may rotate after a long time of work.
  • the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a provided on the push rod 13 will also rotate.
  • the second The hydraulic pressure adjustment port 13a and the first hydraulic pressure adjustment port 14a cannot be connected.
  • the outlet of the second hydraulic adjustment port 13 a after rotation may be blocked by the inner wall of the push rod support 14, and accordingly, the first hydraulic adjustment port 14 a is blocked by the outer wall of the push rod 13.
  • a first diversion groove 13b with a certain length can be arranged along the outer circumference of the push rod 13.
  • the first diversion groove 13b is connected to the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a, and the first diversion groove 13b can be After the rod 13 rotates, it is ensured that the second hydraulic pressure adjustment port 13a and the first hydraulic pressure adjustment port 14a maintain communication.
  • the first diversion groove 13b may be annular or semi-annular along the outer circumference of the push rod 13.
  • the first diversion groove 13b is a semicircular annular groove arranged along the outer circumference of the push rod 13, it is beneficial to reduce the influence of the first diversion groove 13b on the mechanical strength of the push rod 13. It should be understood that the arc length of the aforementioned semicircular ring may be determined according to the maximum amount of rotation that the push rod 13 can generate.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a first diversion groove of a hydraulic adjusting device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2(b) is a front view of the push rod 13
  • FIG. 2(a) is a cross-sectional view of the view angle A-A in FIG. 2(b).
  • a first diversion groove 13b can be opened along the outer circumference of the push rod 13.
  • the diversion groove is arranged along the circumference of the push rod 13, and the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a communicates with the first diversion groove 13b, so that when the piston 12 When being moved to the inner dead center, the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a will be connected to the first hydraulic adjustment port 14a through the first diversion groove 13b, so that rapid pressure reduction can be achieved.
  • the first diversion groove 13b is arranged along the outer circumference of the push rod 13 and has a certain length, when the push rod 13 rotates, the first diversion groove 13b will always be in communication with the first hydraulic adjustment port 14a,
  • the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a is also connected to the first diversion groove 13b, that is, at this time, it can still be ensured that the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a and the first hydraulic adjustment port 14a are connected to each other.
  • the first diversion groove 13b is an annular groove connected end to end. In this way, no matter how large the angle of rotation of the push rod 13 occurs, it will ensure that the first diversion groove 13b and the first hydraulic adjustment port 14a are always in communication with each other, and the first diversion groove 13b and the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a also always remain in communication with each other. In this way, the second hydraulic pressure adjustment port 13a and the first hydraulic pressure adjustment port 14a always maintain mutual conduction.
  • annular or semi-annular second diversion groove 13c is provided along the inner circumference of the push rod support portion 14, and the second diversion groove 13c is in communication with the first hydraulic adjustment port 14a.
  • the structure of the second diversion groove 13c of the embodiment of the present application is described below in conjunction with FIG. 3.
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of a second diversion groove of a hydraulic adjusting device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the second diversion groove 13c may be provided on the inner wall of the push rod support portion 14, and the second diversion groove 13b is in communication with the first hydraulic adjustment port 14a.
  • the second diversion groove 13c can be arranged along the inner circumference of the push rod support part 14. Since the inner circumference of the push rod support part 14 always covers the outer circumference of the push rod 13, in this way, even if the push rod 13 rotates, it is located on the push rod support The second diversion groove 13c on the inner circumference of the portion 14 can also communicate with the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a, that is, the second hydraulic adjustment port 13a is in communication with the first hydraulic adjustment port 14a.
  • arranging the second diversion groove 13c on the push rod supporting portion 14 is beneficial to reduce the influence on the mechanical strength of the push rod 13 and prevent the push rod 13 from breaking after a long time operation.
  • the hydraulic adjusting device applicable to the embodiment of the present application is described above in conjunction with FIGS. 1 to 3, and the conventional dual-circuit electro-hydraulic braking system based on a two-way pressure-increasing/decompressing hydraulic adjusting device is described below in conjunction with FIG. 4.
  • the dual-circuit brake system 400 includes a hydraulic adjustment device 10 with two-way pressure increase/decompression, a first hydraulic chamber 16, a second hydraulic chamber 17, a first brake line 110, and a second brake.
  • the hydraulic adjusting device 10 has a two-way pressurization/decompression.
  • the hydraulic adjusting device 10 includes a first hydraulic chamber 16 and a second hydraulic chamber 17.
  • the second hydraulic chamber 17 is respectively connected to the first brake line 110 and the second brake line 120.
  • the first brake line 110 is used to provide the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28, 29 in the braking system. Braking force, the second brake line 120 is used to provide braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26, 27 in the braking system, wherein the first brake line 110 is provided with a first control valve 111 to The on-off state of the first brake pipeline 110 is controlled, and a second control valve 121 is provided in the second brake pipeline 120 to control the on-off state of the second brake pipeline 120.
  • the first hydraulic chamber 16 is connected to the second brake line 120 through the third brake line 130 in the brake system, and the interface between the third brake line 130 and the second brake line 120 is connected to the second control line.
  • the second end of the valve 121 is connected, and the first hydraulic chamber 16 provides braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27 through the second brake pipeline 120.
  • the third brake line 130 is in communication with the first brake line 110 through the second brake line 120
  • the first hydraulic chamber 16 is the first group of wheel brake cylinders 28 through the first brake line 110.
  • 29 provides braking force, wherein the second end of the second control valve 121 is the end of the second control valve 121 connected to the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26, 27 in the braking system.
  • the first control valve 111 can only be controlled to control whether the first hydraulic chamber 16 provides braking force for the first wheel brake cylinders 28, 29, but the second cannot control whether the first hydraulic chamber 16 is the first brake cylinder.
  • Two brake wheel cylinders 26, 27 provide braking force.
  • brake fluid leakage occurs in the brake circuit (for example, the second brake pipe 120) that provides braking force for the second wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27, the brake fluid will leak from the brake fluid during the above reverse pressurization process.
  • the brake circuit flows out of the brake system, causing the reverse pressure increase process to fail to build pressure for the entire brake system, reducing the driving safety of the vehicle.
  • the present application provides a new hydraulic adjustment unit, which moves the interface between the third brake circuit 130 and the second brake circuit 120 from the second end of the second control valve 121 to the second control valve 121 In this way, the second control valve 121 can control whether the first hydraulic chamber 16 provides braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26, 27, so that the hydraulic adjustment device is either in the process of positive pressure increase or reverse In the process of boosting, any brake circuit in the dual-circuit braking system can be individually boosted.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of a hydraulic adjustment unit according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the hydraulic adjusting unit 500 shown in FIG. 5 includes: a hydraulic adjusting device 10 with a two-way pressure increase function, a first brake line 110, a second brake line 120, a third brake line 130, and a first control valve 111 and a second control valve 121.
  • the hydraulic adjustment device 10 with a bidirectional pressurization function, the hydraulic adjustment device 10 includes a first hydraulic chamber 16 and a second hydraulic chamber 17.
  • the second hydraulic chamber 17 is connected to the fourth brake pipe 140, and the fourth brake pipe 140 communicates with the first end of the first control valve 111 and the first end of the second control valve 121, and the first control valve 111 is located
  • the first brake line 110 is used to control the on-off state of the first brake line 110 of the valve
  • the second control valve 121 is located in the second control line 120 and is used to control the on-off state of the second brake line 120 Status
  • the first brake line 110 is used to adjust the pressure of the brake fluid in the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28, 29, and the second brake line 120 is used to adjust the pressure of the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26, 27 The pressure of the brake fluid.
  • the first hydraulic chamber 16 is in communication with the fourth brake line 140 through the third brake line 130.
  • the above-mentioned first end of the second control valve 121 can be understood as one end of the second control valve 121 where the brake fluid in the hydraulic pressure regulating device 10 flows into the second control valve 121 during the pressurization process.
  • the end of the brake fluid in the hydraulic adjustment device 10 that flows out of the second control valve 121 may be referred to as the second end of the second control valve 121.
  • the first end of the above-mentioned first control valve 111 can be understood as one end of the first control valve 111 where the brake fluid in the hydraulic pressure regulating device 10 flows into the first control valve 111 during the pressurization process.
  • the end of the brake fluid in the hydraulic pressure adjusting device 10 flowing out of the first control valve 111 may be referred to as the second end of the first control valve 111.
  • the second hydraulic chamber 17 or the first hydraulic chamber 16 provides braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28, 29 through the first brake pipeline 110 provided with the first control valve 111, and
  • the second brake pipeline 120 provided with the second control valve 121 provides braking force for the second group of brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, which is beneficial to achieve the effect of the first brake pipeline 110 and the second brake pipeline 120. Separate supercharging improves the driving safety of the vehicle. It is avoided that in the prior art, the first hydraulic chamber 16 cannot separately pressurize the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29 through the first brake pipeline 110.
  • first hydraulic chamber 16 and the second hydraulic chamber 17 can be multiplexed with the first control valve 111 and the second control valve 121, so as to realize the independent pressure increase of any brake circuit in the dual-circuit brake system. It is beneficial to reduce the number of control valves in the dual-circuit brake system and reduce the cost of the brake system.
  • the fourth brake pipe 140 communicates with the first end of the first control valve 111 and the first end of the second control valve 121, the first brake pipe 110 and the second brake pipe 120
  • the pressure of the middle brake fluid can also be pressure equalized through the fourth brake pipeline.
  • the first hydraulic chamber 16 is in communication with the second brake line 120 through the third brake line 130, wherein the interface between the third brake line 130 and the second brake line 120 is connected to the second control line.
  • the first end of the valve 121 is connected, and the interface is connected with the fourth brake pipeline 140.
  • the interface between the third brake line 130 and the second brake line 120 is connected to the first end of the second control valve 121, and the interface between the third brake line 130 and the second brake line 120 is connected to the fourth
  • the brake pipe 140 is connected, it can be understood that the first hydraulic chamber 16 can be connected to the second brake pipe 120 through the third brake pipe 130, and the second group of brakes can be adjusted through the second brake pipe 120.
  • the first hydraulic chamber 16 may be connected to the fourth brake line 140 through the third brake line 130, and then connected to the first brake line 110 through the fourth brake line 140, and through the first brake line.
  • the circuit 110 adjusts the pressure of the brake fluid in the first group of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29.
  • the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28, 29 may include the wheel brake cylinder of the right front wheel and the wheel brake cylinder of the left front wheel of the automobile
  • the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26, 27 may include The brake wheel cylinder of the right rear wheel of the automobile and the brake wheel cylinder of the left rear wheel of the automobile.
  • the above-mentioned hydraulic brake unit can be understood as an H-shaped arrangement in the automobile.
  • the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28, 29 may include the wheel brake cylinder of the right front wheel of the automobile and the wheel brake cylinder of the left rear wheel
  • the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26, 27 may include the right wheel cylinder of the automobile.
  • the above-mentioned hydraulic brake unit can be understood as an X-shaped arrangement in an automobile.
  • the second hydraulic chamber 17 can be connected to the fourth brake line 140.
  • a part of the brake fluid in the third brake line 130 passes through the fourth brake line 140.
  • Flow to the first brake pipe 110, another part of the brake fluid in the third brake pipe 130 will flow to the second hydraulic chamber 17 through the fourth brake pipe 140, so although the first hydraulic chamber can be reduced
  • the pressure difference between the brake fluid in the 16 and the second hydraulic chamber 17 is used to reduce the power consumption of the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12 to move.
  • a part of the brake fluid enters the second hydraulic chamber 17, it may affect the first hydraulic adjustment device 16 is the efficiency of boosting the brake system.
  • a third control valve 151 or a one-way valve 152 can be provided between the second hydraulic chamber 17 and the fourth brake line 140 to control whether the brake fluid in the third brake line 130 can be Flow to the second hydraulic chamber 17.
  • the second hydraulic chamber 17 is connected to the fourth brake line 140 through the fifth brake line 150, and the fifth brake line 150 is provided with a third control valve 151 to control the fifth brake line 150 The on-off.
  • the third control valve 151 can be controlled to be in an open state to disconnect the fifth brake line 150, so that the brake fluid in the third brake line 130 can pass through the second brake line.
  • the brake pipe 120 and/or the first brake pipe 110 flow into the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29.
  • a one-way valve can also be provided on the fifth brake pipe 150 to allow the brake fluid to flow from the second hydraulic chamber 17 to the fourth brake pipe 140 and block the brake fluid from the fourth brake.
  • the pipeline 140 flows to the second hydraulic chamber 17.
  • the above-mentioned third control valve 151 and the one-way valve 152 can be arranged in parallel in the fifth system.
  • the one-way valve 152 is connected in parallel to both ends of the third control valve 151.
  • the one-way valve 152 allows the brake fluid to flow from the second hydraulic chamber 17 to the fourth brake pipeline 140, and prevents The brake fluid flows from the fourth brake pipe 140 to the second hydraulic chamber 17.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a hydraulic adjustment unit 600, that is, a sixth brake pipe 160 and a second brake pipe 140 are provided between the second hydraulic chamber 17 and the fourth brake pipe 140. Seven brake pipeline 170 to improve the redundant performance of the brake system.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a hydraulic adjustment unit 600 according to an embodiment of the present application. It should be noted that the components in the hydraulic adjustment unit 600 shown in FIG. 6 that have the same functions as those in the hydraulic adjustment unit 500 use the same numbers, and their specific functions can be referred to the above introduction. For the sake of brevity, detailed descriptions are omitted below.
  • the second hydraulic chamber 17 is connected to the first brake line 110 through the sixth brake line 160, and the sixth brake line 160 is provided with a fourth control valve 161 to control the on and off of the sixth brake line 160
  • the second hydraulic chamber 17 is connected to the second brake line 120 through the seventh brake line 170, and the seventh brake line 170 is provided with a fifth control valve 171 to control the flow of the seventh brake line 170 Off.
  • the other normally working control valve can assist the hydraulic adjustment device 10, which can be used for the entire brake system or a certain part of the brake system.
  • a brake circuit provides braking force. The following describes the stuck fault as an example, and other forms of failure will be described in detail when the brake system is introduced below.
  • the control valve that can work normally among the fourth control valve 161 and the fifth control valve 171 can still cooperate with the hydraulic regulator 10 to achieve two-way Boost or decompression function.
  • the hydraulic regulating device 10 can control the fifth control valve 171 to be in the conducting state to realize the positive pressure increase function.
  • the brake fluid in the two hydraulic chambers 17 can flow to the first brake pipe 110 and the second brake pipe 120 through the seventh brake pipe 170 where the fifth control valve 171 is located, so that the entire brake system or A certain brake circuit in the brake system provides braking force.
  • the hydraulic pressure regulating device 10 can control the fourth control valve 161 to be in the conducting state to realize the positive pressure increase function.
  • the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 can flow to the first brake pipe 110 and the second brake pipe 120 through the sixth brake pipe 160 where the fourth control valve 161 is located, so as to provide the entire brake system Or a brake circuit in the brake system provides braking force.
  • the second hydraulic chamber 17 is connected to the first brake line 110 through the sixth brake line 160, and is connected to the second brake line 120 through the seventh brake line 170.
  • the sixth brake pipe 160 and the seventh brake pipe 170 mutually form a redundant brake pipe to improve the redundant performance of the brake system.
  • the first control valve 111 and the fourth control valve 161 together control the on and off of the brake lines corresponding to the first group of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29, so that when the fourth control valve 161 fails .
  • the first control valve 111 can also cooperate with the hydraulic adjusting device 10 to realize the pressurization of the entire braking system, or provide braking force for a certain braking circuit in the braking system.
  • the second control valve 121 and the fifth control valve 171 together control the on and off of the brake pipes corresponding to the second group of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27. In this way, when the fifth control valve 171 fails, the second control valve The valve 121 can also cooperate with the hydraulic adjusting device 10 to realize pressurization of the entire brake system, or provide braking force for a certain brake circuit in the brake system.
  • connection between the hydraulic adjustment device and the dual-circuit brake system in the embodiment of the present application is described above in conjunction with FIGS. 5 and 6, and the connection between the hydraulic adjustment device and the liquid storage device 30 is described below in conjunction with FIGS. 7 and 8. Way. It should be understood that, for ease of understanding, the following uses the hydraulic adjustment device 10 as an example to introduce the connection between the hydraulic adjustment device 10 and the liquid storage device 30.
  • the second hydraulic chamber 17 is provided with a liquid inlet pipe 1 173 connected with the liquid storage device 30, and the first hydraulic chamber 16 is not provided with a liquid inlet pipe connected with the liquid storage device 30.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the first connection mode of the liquid storage device 30 and the hydraulic adjustment device 10 in an embodiment of the present application.
  • a check valve 174 is provided on the liquid inlet pipe 1, and the check valve 174 allows the brake fluid in the liquid inlet pipe 1 to flow from the liquid storage device 30 to the second hydraulic chamber 17.
  • the first hydraulic adjustment port (also referred to as the “liquid outlet”) 14 a in the first hydraulic chamber 16 is connected to the first liquid outlet pipe 180.
  • the second control valve 121 when the second control valve 121 is in the conducting state, in the positive pressurization mode of the hydraulic adjustment device 10, a part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 flows into the dual-circuit brake system, and a part passes through the third The brake pipeline 130 flows to the first hydraulic chamber 16, that is, during the positive pressure increase process, the fluid inlet pipeline of the first hydraulic chamber 16 is the third brake pipeline 130.
  • the brake fluid in the dual-circuit brake system is pumped into the second hydraulic chamber 17.
  • the dual-circuit brake system The remaining brake fluid flows through the first fluid outlet pipe 180 to the fluid storage device 30.
  • the first hydraulic chamber 16 is provided with a liquid inlet pipe 2 190 connected with the liquid storage device 30, and the second hydraulic chamber 17 is provided with a liquid inlet pipe 1 173 connected with the liquid storage device 30.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the second connection mode of the liquid storage device 30 and the hydraulic adjusting device 10 in the embodiment of the present application.
  • a check valve 174 is provided on the liquid inlet pipe 1, and the check valve 174 allows the brake fluid in the liquid inlet pipe 1 to flow from the liquid storage device 30 to the second hydraulic chamber 17.
  • the first hydraulic adjustment port (also referred to as the “liquid outlet”) 14 a in the first hydraulic chamber 16 is connected to the first liquid outlet pipe 180.
  • a check valve 191 is provided on the liquid inlet pipe 2 190.
  • the check valve 191 allows the brake fluid in the liquid inlet pipe 2 to flow from the liquid storage device 30 to the first hydraulic chamber 16, and prevents the brake fluid in the liquid inlet pipe 2 from flowing into the first hydraulic chamber 16. The brake fluid flows from the first hydraulic chamber 16 to the fluid storage device 30.
  • the second control valve 121 when the second control valve 121 is in the conducting state, in the positive pressurization mode of the hydraulic adjustment device 10, a part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 flows into the dual-circuit brake system, and a part passes through the second
  • the control valve 121 flows into the third brake pipe 130, and flows into the first hydraulic chamber 16 through the third brake pipe 130, that is to say, in the process of positive pressurization, the inlet pipe of the first hydraulic chamber 16 It is the third brake line 130.
  • the brake fluid in the dual-circuit braking system is pumped into the second hydraulic chamber 17.
  • the dual-circuit braking The remaining brake fluid in the system flows to the fluid storage device 30 through the first fluid outlet pipe 180.
  • the first hydraulic chamber 16 is provided with a brake pipe 910 connected to the liquid storage device 30, and the second hydraulic chamber 17 is provided with a liquid inlet pipe 1 173 connected to the liquid storage device 30, wherein the brake pipe
  • the path 910 can be used as the liquid inlet pipe or the liquid outlet pipe of the first hydraulic chamber 16, wherein the hydraulic adjusting device is a traditional hydraulic adjusting device, and the first hydraulic adjusting port 14a, the second hydraulic adjusting port 13a, etc. are not provided.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the third connection mode of the liquid storage device 30 and the hydraulic adjustment device 913 in the embodiment of the present application. It should be noted that another structure of the hydraulic adjustment device 913 is shown in the hydraulic adjustment unit 900. The structure of the hydraulic adjusting device 913 is slightly different from the structure of the hydraulic adjusting device 10, but the type of realization of the two-way pressurization function is not described in detail below for the sake of brevity.
  • a check valve 174 is provided on the liquid inlet pipe 1 173, which allows the brake fluid in the liquid inlet pipe 1 to flow from the liquid storage device 30 to the second hydraulic chamber 17.
  • the first hydraulic chamber 16 is connected to the liquid storage device 30 through the brake pipe 910.
  • a control valve 912 is provided on the brake pipe 910 to control the on and off of the brake pipe 910, and two ends of the control valve 912 are connected in parallel.
  • the check valve 911 allows the brake fluid to flow from the fluid storage device 30 to the first hydraulic chamber 16 and blocks the brake fluid from flowing from the first hydraulic chamber 16 to the fluid storage device 30.
  • control valve 912 can be controlled to be in a disconnected state, and the brake fluid in the fluid storage device 30 flows to the first hydraulic chamber 16 through the one-way valve 911 to reduce the first hydraulic chamber 16 and the first hydraulic chamber 16 The pressure difference of the brake fluid in the two hydraulic chambers 17.
  • control valve 912 can be controlled to be in a disconnected state, and the brake fluid in the fluid storage device 30 flows to the first hydraulic chamber 16 through the one-way valve 911, so as to brake through the first hydraulic chamber 16 Hydraulic pressure enters the brake wheel cylinder in the brake system.
  • the on-off state of the control valve 912 can be controlled to cooperate with the hydraulic adjusting device to realize the two-way pressure increase function.
  • the control valve 912 can be controlled to be in the on state, so that the brake fluid can flow from the liquid storage device 30 to the first hydraulic chamber 16. The pressure difference of the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 and the second hydraulic chamber 17 is reduced.
  • the control valve 912 can be controlled to be in the on state, so that the brake fluid can flow from the liquid storage device 30 to the first hydraulic chamber 16 , In order to pass the first hydraulic chamber 16 brake hydraulic pressure into the brake wheel cylinders in the brake system.
  • the connection between the hydraulic adjustment device 10 and the dual-circuit brake pipeline is described above in conjunction with FIGS. 5-9.
  • the hydraulic adjustment device 10 and the liquid storage device 30 are connected in the manner shown above.
  • the units 500 to 600 can be combined with the hydraulic adjustment units 700 to 900 arbitrarily.
  • the hydraulic adjustment unit 500 and the hydraulic adjustment unit 800 are combined, the hydraulic adjustment unit 500 is combined with the hydraulic adjustment unit 900, the hydraulic adjustment unit 600 is combined with the hydraulic adjustment unit 800, and the hydraulic adjustment unit 600 and the hydraulic adjustment unit 900 are combined as examples.
  • the manual braking mode triggered by the driver by stepping on the brake pedal the line control motion mode triggered by the driver by stepping on the brake pedal, and the automatic driving scenario can also be realized.
  • the driverless braking mode The principle of the braking process in the manual braking mode is similar to the braking process in the existing braking system in the manual braking mode. For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here. The following mainly introduces the redundancy scheme of the braking system under multiple failure modes.
  • Leakage failure mode 1 the brake circuit in the brake system has brake fluid leakage; jamming failure mode 2, one or more control valves in the braking system are stuck, causing the control valve that has stuck Disconnected state; connection failure mode three, one or more control valves in the brake system have a connection failure, resulting in a connection failure of the control valve that has been in a connection state.
  • Compound failure mode four the failure mode in the braking system includes any two failure modes of the above three failure modes.
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic diagram of a braking system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the functions implemented by the master cylinder pressure increase adjustment unit 1010 in the braking system 1000 are the manual braking mode and the brake-by-wire mode that require the driver's participation.
  • the driver depresses the brake pedal 1019 to flow the brake fluid in the master cylinder 1017 into the pedal feel simulator 1012 through the brake pipeline where the control valve 1013 is located.
  • the control valve 1015 and the control valve 1016 are in a disconnected state.
  • the hydraulic regulator 10 is based on the pedal stroke detected by the pedal stroke sensor 1018, or the pressure of the brake fluid detected by the pressure sensor 1014, as The dual-circuit braking system provides braking force.
  • the control valve 1015 and the control valve 1016 are in a communication state, and the brake fluid provides braking force to the wheel brake cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 through the brake pipeline 162 and the brake pipeline 150.
  • the hydraulic adjusting device 10 can be divided into a forward pressurization process and a reverse pressurization process.
  • the first control valve 111, the second control valve 121, and the inlet valve 1020 corresponding to the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 are in a conducting state
  • the outlet valve 1030 and the third control valve 151 corresponding to the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 are in an open state.
  • the driving device 15 drives the piston 12 to compress the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17 to press the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 into the brake pipe through the first brake pipe 110 and the second brake pipe 120 respectively 163 and the brake pipeline 162, the wheel brake cylinders 28, 29 are pressed into the brake pipeline 163, and the wheel brake cylinders 26, 27 are pressed into the brake pipeline 162.
  • a part of the brake fluid can also enter the first hydraulic chamber 16 through the third brake pipe 130, so as to replenish the first hydraulic chamber 16 and reduce the driving device. 15 drives the driving force of the piston 12.
  • the brake fluid in the fluid storage device 30 can also enter the first hydraulic chamber 16 through the fluid inlet pipe 2 190 to replenish the first hydraulic chamber 16 and reduce the driving force of the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12.
  • the first control valve 111, the second control valve 121, and the inlet valve 1020 corresponding to the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 are in a conducting state, and the control valve 1015 and the control valve 1016 , The outlet valve 1030 and the third control valve 151 corresponding to the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 are in a disconnected state.
  • the brake pipeline 110 flows from the first brake pipeline 110 to the brake pipeline 162 to provide braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27.
  • the brake fluid flows through the fourth brake pipe 140, since the third control valve 151 is in an open state, it will block the brake fluid in the fourth brake pipe 140 from passing through the fifth brake pipe.
  • the passage 150 flows into the second hydraulic chamber 17, which is beneficial to improve the efficiency of reverse pressurization.
  • Another part of the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 enters the second brake line 120 through the connected third brake pipe 130 and the second brake line 120, and enters the first brake through the second control valve 121
  • the pipeline 110 finally provides braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29 through the brake pipeline 163.
  • the brake fluid in the fluid storage device 30 can also enter the second hydraulic chamber 17 through the fluid inlet pipe 1 173 to replenish the second hydraulic chamber 17 and reduce the second hydraulic chamber 17 and the first hydraulic chamber 16 The pressure of the brake fluid is reduced to reduce the driving force of the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12.
  • the control valve 1015, the control valve 1016, the inlet valve 1020 corresponding to the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29, and the output valve corresponding to the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 The liquid valve 1030 is in an off state, and the third control valve 151, the first control valve 111, and the second control valve 121 are in an on state.
  • the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17 is the largest. At this time, the second hydraulic chamber 17 cannot accommodate more brake fluid.
  • the first set of brake wheel cylinders 28, 29 The remaining brake fluid can continue to flow through the first brake pipe 110 to the fourth brake pipe 140, and through the fourth brake pipe 140 to the third brake pipe 130, and then through the third brake pipe.
  • the passage 130 and the first hydraulic chamber 16 flow to the first liquid outlet pipe 180, and finally flow into the liquid storage device 30 through the first liquid outlet pipe 180.
  • the remaining brake fluid in the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26, 27 can flow to the third brake line 130 through the second brake line 120, and into the second brake line through the third brake line 130.
  • the hydraulic pressure chamber 16 flows into the liquid storage device 30 through the first liquid outlet pipe 180.
  • the braking system 1000 can implement a redundant braking scheme based on a single-circuit braking of a hydraulic adjustment device.
  • the hydraulic pressure regulating device 10 can provide braking force for the brake circuit 1050 through a two-way pressurization process.
  • the second control valve 121, the control valve 1015, the control valve 1016, and the outlet valve 1030 corresponding to the wheel brake cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 are in the open state, and the third control valve 151, the first The control valve 111 is in a conducting state.
  • the piston 12 compresses the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17, the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16 increases, and the brake fluid in the fluid storage device 30 can enter the first hydraulic chamber 16 through the fluid inlet pipe 2190. , In order to replenish the first hydraulic chamber 16 to reduce the driving force of the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12.
  • the third control valve 151 During the reverse pressurization process, it is necessary to control the third control valve 151 to be in a disconnected state.
  • the driving device 15 drives the piston 12 to compress the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16 to pass the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 through the first hydraulic chamber 16
  • a brake pipe 110 is pressed into the brake pipe 163, and the brake pipe 163 provides braking force for the first group of brake wheel cylinders 28 and 29. Since the second control valve 121 in the second brake pipe 120 is in the disconnected state, the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 cannot flow to the brake pipe 162 through the second brake pipe 120.
  • the hydraulic pressure regulating device 10 can provide braking force for the brake circuit 1040 through a two-way pressurization process.
  • the first control valve 111, the control valve 1015, the control valve 1016, and the outlet valve 1030 corresponding to the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 are in an open state
  • the third control valve 151, the second control valve 151, and the second The control valve 121 is in a conducting state. It should be noted that at this time, the on-off state of the outlet valve 1030 corresponding to the brake wheel cylinders 26 and 27 does not affect the braking performance of the braking system.
  • the driving device 15 drives the piston 12 to compress the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17 to press the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 into the brake pipeline 162 through the second brake pipe 120. And the brake wheel cylinders 26 and 27 are pressed into the brake pipe 162. Since the first control valve 111 in the first brake line 110 is in a disconnected state, the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 cannot pass through the first brake line 110.
  • the brake fluid in the fluid storage device 30 can enter the first hydraulic chamber 16 through the fluid inlet pipe 2190.
  • the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16 is increased, and a part of the brake fluid in the second brake line 120 can also enter the first hydraulic chamber 16 through the third brake line 130 to perform damage to the first hydraulic chamber 16. Replenishing fluid reduces the driving force of the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12.
  • the third control valve 151 During the reverse pressurization process, it is necessary to control the third control valve 151 to be in a disconnected state.
  • the driving device 15 drives the piston 12 to compress the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16 to pass the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 through the first hydraulic chamber 16
  • a brake pipe 110 is pressed into the brake pipe 163, and the brake pipe 163 provides braking force for the first group of brake wheel cylinders 28 and 29. Since the second control valve 121 in the second brake pipe 120 is in the disconnected state, the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 cannot flow to the brake pipe 162 through the second brake pipe 120.
  • the piston 12 compresses the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16
  • the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17 increases, and the brake fluid in the fluid storage device 30 can enter the second hydraulic chamber 17 through the fluid inlet pipe 1 173.
  • the brake fluid in the fluid storage device 30 can enter the second hydraulic chamber 17 through the fluid inlet pipe 1 173.
  • the braking system 1000 can implement a redundant braking scheme based on a single-circuit braking of a hydraulic adjusting device.
  • the hydraulic pressure regulating device 10 can still provide braking force for the brake circuit 1050 and/or the brake circuit 1040 through a two-way pressure increase process.
  • the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 can flow to the fourth brake line 140 through the one-way valve 152, and is based on the first control valve 111 and the second control valve 111.
  • the on-off state of the control valve 121 determines whether the braking force is provided for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28, 29 or the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26, 27.
  • the blocking failure of the third control valve 151 will not affect the reverse pressurization process of the hydraulic regulating device 10, and the reverse pressurization process is as described above, and for the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here.
  • the hydraulic pressure regulating device 10 can still provide braking force for the brake circuit 1040 through a two-way pressurization process.
  • the second control valve 121 is controlled to be in a conducting state.
  • the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 can flow to the fourth brake pipeline 140 through the one-way valve 152 , And flow to the brake pipeline 162 through the second control valve 121, and provide braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26, 27 through the brake pipeline 162.
  • the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 can flow to the fourth brake line 140 through the third brake line 130, and flow to the brake through the second control valve 121
  • the driving pipeline 162 provides braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27 through the braking pipeline 162.
  • the hydraulic pressure regulating device 10 can still provide braking force for the brake circuit 1050 through a two-way pressurization process.
  • the first control valve 111 is controlled to be in a conducting state.
  • the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 can flow to the fourth brake pipeline 140 through the one-way valve 152 , And flow to the brake pipeline 163 through the first control valve 111, and provide braking force for the first group of wheel brake cylinders 28, 29 through the brake pipeline 163.
  • the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 can flow through the third brake line 130 to the fourth brake line 140, and through the first control valve 111 to the brake fluid.
  • the driving pipeline 163 provides braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29 through the brake pipeline 163.
  • the hydraulic regulator 10 cannot control the first control valve 111 to be in the disconnected state. Therefore, it can only determine whether it is the first control valve 121 by controlling the second control valve 121.
  • Two sets of brake wheel cylinders 26, 27 provide braking force.
  • the hydraulic regulator 10 cannot control the second control valve 121 to be in a disconnected state. Therefore, it can only determine whether it is the first control valve 111 by controlling the first control valve 111.
  • a set of brake wheel cylinders 28, 29 provide braking force.
  • the hydraulic adjustment device 10 can be based on the first control valve 111 and the second control valve 121 during the two-way pressurization process.
  • the on-off of is determined to provide braking force for the brake circuit 1040 and/or the brake circuit 1050.
  • the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 flows to the fourth brake line 140 and then passes through the fifth brake line. Flowing to the second hydraulic chamber 17 will reduce the efficiency of reverse pressurization to a certain extent.
  • the braking system 1000 can implement a redundant braking scheme based on a single-circuit braking of a hydraulic adjustment device.
  • the brake system 1000 can use the manual braking mode to control the non-leakage brake circuit.
  • the dynamic circuit brakes Assuming that the first control valve 111 or the second control valve 121 is in the communication failure mode, and the brake circuit corresponding to the control valve in the communication failure mode leaks, the brake system 1000 can use the manual braking mode to control the non-leakage brake circuit.
  • the dynamic circuit brakes Assuming that the first control valve 111 or the second control valve 121 is in the communication failure mode, and the brake circuit corresponding to the control valve in the communication failure mode leaks, the brake system 1000 can use the manual braking mode to control the non-leakage brake circuit.
  • the dynamic circuit brakes Assuming that the first control valve 111 or the second control valve 121 is in the communication failure mode
  • the control valve 1016 and the second control valve 121 can be controlled to be in a disconnected state, and the control valve 1015 can be controlled to be in a connected state.
  • the brake fluid in the cylinder 1017 can flow to the second group of brake wheel cylinders 26 and 27 through the brake pipeline 162.
  • the control valve 1015 and the first control valve 111 can be controlled to be in a disconnected state, and the control valve 1016 can be in a connected state. In this way, The brake fluid in the master brake cylinder 1017 can flow to the first group of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29 through the brake pipeline 163.
  • the hydraulic adjusting device 10 can decompress the entire braking system.
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic diagram of a braking system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the functions implemented by the master cylinder pressure-increasing adjustment unit 1010 in the braking system 1100 are the manual braking mode and the brake-by-wire mode that require the driver's participation.
  • the driver depresses the brake pedal 1019 to flow the brake fluid in the master cylinder 1017 into the pedal feel simulator 1012 through the brake pipeline where the control valve 1013 is located.
  • the control valve 1015 and the control valve 1016 are in a disconnected state.
  • the hydraulic regulator 913 is based on the pedal stroke detected by the pedal stroke sensor 1018, or the pressure of the brake fluid detected by the pressure sensor 1014, as The dual-circuit braking system provides braking force.
  • the control valve 1015 and the control valve 1016 are in a communication state, and the brake fluid provides braking force to the wheel brake cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 through the brake pipeline 162 and the brake pipeline 150.
  • the hydraulic adjustment device 913 can be divided into a forward pressurization process and a reverse pressurization process.
  • the first control valve 111, the second control valve 121, and the inlet valve 1020 corresponding to the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 are in a conducting state
  • the outlet valve 1030 and the third control valve 151 corresponding to the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 are in an open state.
  • the driving device 15 drives the piston 12 to compress the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17 to press the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 into the brake pipe through the first brake pipe 110 and the second brake pipe 120 respectively 163 and the brake pipeline 162, the wheel brake cylinders 28, 29 are pressed into the brake pipeline 163, and the wheel brake cylinders 26, 27 are pressed into the brake pipeline 162.
  • a part of the brake fluid can also enter the first hydraulic chamber 16 through the third brake pipe 130, so as to replenish the first hydraulic chamber 16 and reduce the driving device. 15 drives the driving force of the piston 12.
  • the brake fluid in the fluid storage device 30 can also enter the first hydraulic chamber 16 through the fluid inlet pipe 2 190 to replenish the first hydraulic chamber 16 and reduce the driving force of the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12.
  • the first control valve 111, the second control valve 121, and the inlet valve 1020 corresponding to the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 are in a conducting state, and the control valve 1015 and the control valve 1016 , The outlet valve 1030 and the third control valve 151 corresponding to the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 are in a disconnected state.
  • the brake pipeline 110 flows from the first brake pipeline 110 to the brake pipeline 162 to provide braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27.
  • the brake fluid flows through the fourth brake pipe 140, since the third control valve 151 is in an open state, it will block the brake fluid in the fourth brake pipe 140 from passing through the fifth brake pipe.
  • the passage 150 flows into the second hydraulic chamber 17, which is beneficial to improve the efficiency of reverse pressurization.
  • Another part of the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 enters the second brake line 120 through the connected third brake pipe 130 and the second brake line 120, and enters the first brake through the second control valve 121
  • the pipeline 110 finally provides braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29 through the brake pipeline 163.
  • the brake fluid in the fluid storage device 30 can also enter the second hydraulic chamber 17 through the fluid inlet pipe 1 173 to replenish the second hydraulic chamber 17 and reduce the second hydraulic chamber 17 and the first hydraulic chamber 16 The pressure of the brake fluid is reduced to reduce the driving force of the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12.
  • the control valve 1015, the control valve 1016, the inlet valve 1020 corresponding to the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29, and the output valve corresponding to the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 The liquid valve 1030 is in an off state, and the third control valve 151, the first control valve 111, the control valve 912, and the second control valve 121 are in an on state.
  • the braking system 1100 can implement a redundant braking solution based on a single-circuit braking of a hydraulic adjustment device.
  • the hydraulic adjustment device 913 can provide braking force for the brake circuit 1050 through a two-way pressurization process.
  • the second control valve 121, the control valve 1015, the control valve 1016, and the outlet valve 1030 corresponding to the wheel brake cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 are in the open state, and the third control valve 151, the first The control valve 111 is in a conducting state.
  • the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16 increases, and the brake fluid in the liquid storage device 30 can enter the first hydraulic chamber 16 through the brake pipe 910 to correct
  • the first hydraulic chamber 16 performs fluid replenishment to reduce the driving force of the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12.
  • the third control valve 151 needs to be controlled to be in an off state.
  • the driving device 15 drives the piston 12 to compress the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16 to pass the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 through the first hydraulic chamber 16
  • a brake pipe 110 is pressed into the brake pipe 163, and the brake pipe 163 provides braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29. Since the second control valve 121 in the second brake pipe 120 is in the disconnected state, the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 cannot flow to the brake pipe 162 through the second brake pipe 120.
  • the piston 12 compresses the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16
  • the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17 increases, and the brake fluid in the fluid storage device 30 can enter the second hydraulic chamber 17 through the fluid inlet pipe 1 173.
  • the brake fluid in the fluid storage device 30 can enter the second hydraulic chamber 17 through the fluid inlet pipe 1 173.
  • the hydraulic adjustment device 913 can provide braking force for the brake circuit 1040 through a two-way pressurization process.
  • the first control valve 111, the control valve 1015, the control valve 1016, and the outlet valve 1030 corresponding to the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 are in an open state
  • the third control valve 151, the second control valve 151, and the second The control valve 121 is in a conducting state. It should be noted that at this time, the on-off state of the outlet valve 1030 corresponding to the brake wheel cylinders 26 and 27 does not affect the braking performance of the braking system.
  • the driving device 15 drives the piston 12 to compress the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17 to press the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 into the brake pipeline 162 through the second brake pipe 120. And the brake wheel cylinders 26 and 27 are pressed into the brake pipe 162. Since the first control valve 111 in the first brake line 110 is in a disconnected state, the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 cannot pass through the first brake line 110.
  • the piston 12 compresses the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17
  • the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16 increases, and the brake fluid in the liquid storage device 30 can enter the first hydraulic chamber 16 through the brake pipeline 910.
  • the driving force of the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12 is reduced.
  • the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16 is increased, and a part of the brake fluid in the second brake line 120 can also enter the first hydraulic chamber 16 through the third brake line 130 to perform damage to the first hydraulic chamber 16.
  • Replenishing fluid reduces the driving force of the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12.
  • the third control valve 151 During the reverse pressurization process, it is necessary to control the third control valve 151 to be in a disconnected state.
  • the driving device 15 drives the piston 12 to compress the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16 to pass the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 through the first hydraulic chamber 16
  • the three brake pipes 130 are pressed into the second brake pipe 120 and flow to the brake pipe 163 through the second brake pipe 120 to provide braking force for the first group of brake wheel cylinders 28 and 29. Since the second control valve 121 in the second brake pipe 120 is in an open state, the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 cannot flow to the brake pipe 162 through the second brake pipe 120.
  • the piston 12 compresses the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16
  • the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17 increases, and the brake fluid in the fluid storage device 30 can enter the second hydraulic chamber 17 through the fluid inlet pipe 1 173.
  • the brake fluid in the fluid storage device 30 can enter the second hydraulic chamber 17 through the fluid inlet pipe 1 173.
  • the braking system 1100 can implement a redundant braking scheme based on a single-circuit braking of a hydraulic adjusting device.
  • the hydraulic pressure regulating device 913 can still provide braking force for the brake circuit 1050 and/or the brake circuit 1040 through a two-way pressurization process.
  • the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 can flow to the fourth brake line 140 through the one-way valve 152, and is based on the first control valve 111 and the second control valve 111.
  • the on-off state of the control valve 121 determines whether to provide braking force for the first group of wheel brake cylinders 28, 29 or the second group of wheel brake cylinders 26, 27.
  • the blocking failure of the third control valve 151 will not affect the reverse pressurization process of the hydraulic adjustment device 913, and the reverse pressurization process is as described above, for the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here.
  • the hydraulic adjusting device 913 can still provide braking force for the brake circuit 1040 through a two-way pressure increase process.
  • the second control valve 121 is controlled to be in a conducting state.
  • the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 can flow to the fourth brake pipeline 140 through the one-way valve 152 , And flow to the brake pipeline 162 through the second control valve 121, and provide braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26, 27 through the brake pipeline 162.
  • the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 can flow to the fourth brake line 140 through the third brake line 130, and flow to the brake through the second control valve 121
  • the driving pipeline 162 provides braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27 through the braking pipeline 162.
  • the hydraulic pressure regulating device 913 can still provide braking force for the brake circuit 1050 through a two-way pressurization process.
  • the first control valve 111 is controlled to be in a conducting state.
  • the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 can flow to the fourth brake pipeline 140 through the one-way valve 152 , And flow to the brake pipeline 163 through the first control valve 111, and provide braking force for the first group of wheel brake cylinders 28, 29 through the brake pipeline 163.
  • the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 can flow through the third brake line 130 to the fourth brake line 140, and through the first control valve 111 to the brake fluid.
  • the driving pipeline 163 provides braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29 through the brake pipeline 163.
  • control valve in the connection failure mode cannot be in the disconnect mode, therefore, it can only continuously provide braking force for the braking system through the failed control valve.
  • the hydraulic adjusting device 913 cannot control the first control valve 111 to be in a disconnected state. Therefore, it can only determine whether it is the second control valve 121 by controlling the second control valve 121.
  • Two sets of brake wheel cylinders 26, 27 provide braking force.
  • the hydraulic regulator 913 cannot control the second control valve 121 to be in a disconnected state. Therefore, it can only be determined by controlling the first control valve 111 to determine whether it is the first control valve 111.
  • a set of brake wheel cylinders 28, 29 provide braking force.
  • the hydraulic adjustment device 913 can be based on the first control valve 111 and the second control valve 121 during the two-way pressurization process.
  • the on-off of is determined to provide braking force for the brake circuit 1040 and/or the brake circuit 1050.
  • the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 flows to the fourth brake line 140 and then passes through the fifth brake line. Flowing to the second hydraulic chamber 17 will reduce the efficiency of reverse pressurization to a certain extent.
  • the braking system 1100 can implement a redundant braking scheme based on a single-circuit braking of a hydraulic adjustment device.
  • the braking system 1100 can use the manual braking mode to control the non-leaked brake circuit.
  • the dynamic circuit brakes Assuming that the first control valve 111 or the second control valve 121 is in the communication failure mode, and the brake circuit corresponding to the control valve in the communication failure mode is leaking, the braking system 1100 can use the manual braking mode to control the non-leaked brake circuit.
  • the dynamic circuit brakes Assuming that the first control valve 111 or the second control valve 121 is in the communication failure mode, and the brake circuit corresponding to the control valve in the communication failure mode is leaking, the braking system 1100 can use the manual braking mode to control the non-leaked brake circuit.
  • the dynamic circuit brakes Assuming that the first control valve 111 or the second control valve 121 is in the communication failure mode, and the brake circuit corresponding to the control valve in the communication failure mode is leaking, the braking system 1100 can use the manual braking mode to control the non-leaked brake circuit.
  • the dynamic circuit brakes Assuming that the
  • the control valve 1016 and the second control valve 121 can be controlled to be in a disconnected state, and the control valve 1015 can be controlled to be in a connected state.
  • the brake fluid in the cylinder 1017 can flow to the second group of brake wheel cylinders 26 and 27 through the brake pipeline 162.
  • the control valve 1015 and the first control valve 111 can be controlled to be in a disconnected state, and the control valve 1016 can be in a connected state. In this way, The brake fluid in the master brake cylinder 1017 can flow to the first group of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29 through the brake pipeline 163.
  • the hydraulic adjustment device 913 can decompress the entire braking system.
  • Fig. 12 is a schematic diagram of a braking system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the function implemented by the master cylinder booster adjustment unit 1010 in the braking system 1200 shown in FIG. 12 is the same as the function implemented by the hydraulic pressure adjustment unit 1010 shown in FIG.
  • the hydraulic adjusting device 10 can be divided into a forward pressurization process and a reverse pressurization process.
  • the first control valve 111, the second control valve 121, the fourth control valve 161, the fifth control valve 171, and the inlet valve 1120 corresponding to the wheel brake cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 are in In the on state, the control valve 1015, the control valve 1016, and the outlet valve 1130 corresponding to the wheel brake cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 are in the off state.
  • the driving device 15 drives the piston 12 to compress the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17 to press the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 into the brake pipe through the first brake pipe 110 and the second brake pipe 120 respectively 163 and the brake pipeline 162, the wheel brake cylinders 28, 29 are pressed into the brake pipeline 163, and the wheel brake cylinders 26, 27 are pressed into the brake pipeline 162.
  • the brake fluid in the fluid storage device 30 can enter the first hydraulic chamber 16 through the fluid inlet line 2 190 to replenish the first hydraulic chamber 16 and reduce The small driving device 15 drives the driving force of the piston 12.
  • the brake fluid in the second brake line 120 cannot enter the first hydraulic chamber 16 through the third brake line 130.
  • the first control valve 111, the second control valve 121, and the inlet valve 1120 corresponding to the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 are in a conducting state
  • the fourth control valve 161, the fifth control valve 171, and the discharge valve 1130 corresponding to the wheel brake cylinders 26, 27, 28, and 29 are in an open state.
  • the pipeline 162 provides braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27.
  • Another part of the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 enters the first brake line 110 through the connected third brake pipe 130 and the fourth brake pipe 140, and enters the brake through the first brake pipe 110.
  • the pipeline 163 provides braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29. Since the fourth control valve 161 and the fifth control valve 171 are in a disconnected state, the brake fluid will be blocked from flowing into the second hydraulic chamber 17 through the fifth brake pipe 150 and the sixth brake pipe 160.
  • the brake fluid in the fluid storage device 30 can also enter the second hydraulic chamber 17 through the fluid inlet pipe 2 173 to replenish the second hydraulic chamber 17 and reduce the first hydraulic chamber 16 and the second hydraulic chamber 17.
  • the pressure difference of the middle brake fluid reduces the driving force of the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12.
  • the control valve 1015, the control valve 1016, the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 corresponding to the fluid inlet valve 1120, and the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 correspond to The liquid outlet valve 1130 of is in the off state, and the first control valve 111, the second control valve 121, the fourth control valve 161, and the fifth control valve 171 are in the on state.
  • the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17 is the largest. At this time, the second hydraulic chamber 17 cannot contain more brake fluid, and the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 The remaining brake fluid can continue to flow to the first hydraulic chamber 16 through the third brake pipeline 130. Since the piston 12 moves to the inner dead point of the piston stroke, the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 16 can pass through the first hydraulic chamber 16 The liquid outlet pipe 180 flows into the liquid storage device 30.
  • the braking system 1200 can implement a redundant braking scheme based on a single circuit braking of a hydraulic adjustment device.
  • the hydraulic adjusting device 10 assumes that the brake circuit 1140 fails, and the hydraulic adjusting device 10 needs to provide braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29 through the brake circuit 1150.
  • the second control valve 121, the control valve 1015, the control valve 1016, and the outlet valve 1130 corresponding to the wheel brake cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 are in the open state
  • the fourth control valve 161, the fifth control valve 161, and the fifth control valve 161 The control valve 171, the first control valve 111, and the discharge valve 1130 corresponding to the wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29 are in a conducting state.
  • the driving device 15 drives the piston 12 to compress the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17 to press a part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 into the first brake through the sixth brake pipe 160
  • the driving pipeline 110 is then pressed into the braking pipeline 163 through the first braking pipeline 110 to provide braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29.
  • Another part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 is pressed into the fourth brake pipe 140 through the seventh brake pipe 170, and then enters the first brake pipe 110 through the fourth brake pipe 140 to pass
  • the brake pipeline 163 provides braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29. Since the second control valve 121 in the second brake line 120 is in a disconnected state, the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 cannot pass through the second brake line 120.
  • the piston 12 compresses the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17, the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16 increases, and the brake fluid in the fluid storage device 30 can enter the first hydraulic chamber 16 through the fluid inlet pipe 2190. , In order to replenish the first hydraulic chamber 16 to reduce the driving force of the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12.
  • the fourth control valve 161 and the fifth control valve 171 are controlled to be in a disconnected state.
  • the driving device 15 drives the piston 12 to compress the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16 to reduce the pressure in the first hydraulic chamber 16
  • a part of the brake fluid is pressed into the fourth brake pipe 140 through the third brake pipe 130, enters the first brake pipe 110 through the fourth brake pipe 140, and then presses into the first brake pipe 110 through the first brake pipe 110.
  • the piston 12 compresses the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16
  • the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17 increases, and the brake fluid in the fluid storage device 30 can enter the second hydraulic chamber 17 through the fluid inlet pipe 1 173.
  • the brake fluid in the fluid storage device 30 can enter the second hydraulic chamber 17 through the fluid inlet pipe 1 173.
  • the hydraulic adjusting device 10 assumes that the brake circuit 1150 fails, and the hydraulic adjusting device 10 needs to provide braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27 through the brake circuit 1140.
  • the first control valve 111, the control valve 1015, the control valve 1016, and the outlet valve 1130 corresponding to the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 are in the open state, and the fifth control valve 171, the fourth control valve 171, and the fourth The control valve 161 and the second control valve 121 are in a conducting state.
  • the driving device 15 drives the piston 12 to compress the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17 to press the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 into the brake pipe 162 through the second brake pipe 120, and press it through the brake pipe 162.
  • the driving device 15 drives the piston 12 to compress the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17 to press the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 into the brake pipe 162 through the second brake pipe 120, and press it through the brake pipe 162.
  • the brake pipe 162 Into the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27. Since the first control valve 111 in the first brake line 110 is in a disconnected state, the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 cannot pass through the first brake line 110.
  • the driving device 15 drives the piston 12 to compress the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17 to press a part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 into the second brake through the seventh brake pipe 170
  • the driving pipeline 120 is pressed into the braking pipeline 162 through the second braking pipeline 120 to provide braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27.
  • Another part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 is pressed into the fourth brake line 140 through the sixth brake line 160, and then enters the second brake line 120 through the fourth brake line 140 to pass
  • the brake pipeline 162 provides braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27. Since the first control valve 111 in the first brake line 110 is in a disconnected state, the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 cannot pass through the first brake line 110.
  • the piston 12 compresses the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17, the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16 increases, and the brake fluid in the fluid storage device 30 can enter the first hydraulic chamber 16 through the fluid inlet pipe 2190. , In order to replenish the first hydraulic chamber 16 to reduce the driving force of the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12.
  • the fourth control valve 161 and the fifth control valve 171 are controlled to be in a disconnected state.
  • the driving device 15 drives the piston 12 to compress the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16 to reduce the pressure in the first hydraulic chamber 16
  • a part of the brake fluid is pressed into the second brake pipe 120 through the third brake pipe 130, and then pressed into the brake pipe 162 through the second brake pipe 120 to form the second group of brake wheel cylinders 26, 27.
  • the fourth control valve 161, the fifth control valve 171, and the first control valve 111 are in a disconnected state, the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 cannot pass through the first brake pipeline 110.
  • the piston 12 compresses the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16
  • the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17 increases, and the brake fluid in the fluid storage device 30 can enter the second hydraulic chamber 17 through the fluid inlet pipe 1 173.
  • the brake fluid in the fluid storage device 30 can enter the second hydraulic chamber 17 through the fluid inlet pipe 1 173.
  • the above introduced the redundancy scheme of the brake system after a certain brake circuit in the brake system leaks and fails.
  • the brake circuit of the control valve that has not failed to leak can be manually braked. Take control.
  • the control valve 1015 can be controlled to be in the on state, the control valve 1016 is in the off state, and the brake master cylinder 1017 will brake hydraulic pressure into the brake.
  • the moving pipeline 162 provides braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27.
  • the control valve 1016 can be controlled to be in the conducting state, the control valve 1015 is in the conducting state, and the brake master cylinder 1017 will apply the brake hydraulic pressure to it.
  • the brake pipeline 163 provides braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29.
  • the braking system 1200 can implement a redundant braking scheme based on a hydraulic adjustment device. It should be noted that when the fourth control valve 161 or the fifth control valve 171 is stuck and fails, the hydraulic adjusting device can still provide braking force to the wheel brake cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 through the two-way pressurization mode. When the first control valve 111 or the second control valve 121 is stuck and fails, the hydraulic regulating device can only provide a single-circuit braking solution for the braking system through the normally working control valve.
  • a part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 can flow to the second brake line 120 through the seventh brake line 170, and It flows through the second brake line 120 to the brake line 162 to provide braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27.
  • Another part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 flows through the seventh brake pipe 170 to the fourth brake pipe 140, and flows through the fourth brake pipe 140 to the first brake pipe 110, and then It flows through the first brake line 110 to the brake line 163 to provide braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29.
  • a part of the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 can flow to the second brake line 120 through the third brake line 130 and to the second brake line 120 through the second brake line 120.
  • the brake pipeline 162 provides braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27.
  • Another part of the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 flows through the third brake pipe 130 to the fourth brake pipe 140, and flows through the fourth brake pipe 140 to the first brake pipe 110, and then It flows through the first brake line 110 to the brake line 163 to provide braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29.
  • a part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 can flow to the first brake line 110 through the sixth brake line 160, and It flows through the first brake line 110 to the brake line 163 to provide braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29.
  • Another part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 flows through the sixth brake pipe 160 to the fourth brake pipe 140, and flows through the fourth brake pipe 140 to the second brake pipe 120, and then It flows through the second brake line 120 to the brake line 162 to provide braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27.
  • a part of the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 can flow to the second brake line 120 through the third brake line 130 and to the second brake line 120 through the second brake line 120.
  • the brake pipeline 162 provides braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27.
  • Another part of the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 flows through the third brake pipe 130 to the fourth brake pipe 140, and flows through the fourth brake pipe 140 to the first brake pipe 110, and then It flows through the first brake line 110 to the brake line 163 to provide braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29.
  • the hydraulic pressure regulating device 10 can provide braking force for the brake circuit 1040 through a two-way pressurization process.
  • a part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 can flow to the fourth brake line 140 through the sixth brake line 160 and to the fourth brake line 140 through the fourth brake line 140.
  • the second brake pipeline 120 flows through the second brake pipeline 120 to the brake pipeline 162 to provide braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27.
  • Another part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 flows through the seventh brake pipe 170 to the second brake pipe 120, and then flows through the second brake pipe 120 to the brake pipe 162, which is the second Group brake wheel cylinders 26, 27 provide braking force.
  • the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 can flow to the second brake line 120 through the third brake line 130 and to the brake line through the second control valve 121 162. Provide braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27 through the brake pipeline 162.
  • the hydraulic pressure regulating device 10 can provide braking force for the brake circuit 1050 through a two-way pressurization process.
  • a part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 can flow to the fourth brake line 140 through the seventh brake line 170 and to the fourth brake line 140 through the fourth brake line 140
  • the first brake pipe 110 flows to the brake pipe 163 through the first brake pipe 110 to provide braking force for the first group of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29.
  • Another part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 flows to the first brake pipe 110 through the sixth brake pipe 160, and then flows to the brake pipe 163 through the first brake pipe 110, which is regarded as the first brake pipe.
  • Group brake wheel cylinders 28 and 29 provide braking force.
  • the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 can flow through the third brake line 130 to the fourth brake line 140, and through the first control valve 111 to the brake line 163. Provide braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29 through the brake pipeline 163.
  • the control valve that is in the connection failure is always in the connected state and will not block the flow of brake fluid. Therefore, the first control valve 111, the second control valve 121, and the fourth control valve
  • the first control valve 111, the second control valve 121, and the fourth control valve When one or more of the control valves 161 and the fifth control valve 171 fail to communicate, it will not affect the two-way pressure increase function or the realization of the pressure reduction function of the hydraulic adjusting device 10.
  • the fourth control valve 161 and/or the fifth control valve 171 fail to communicate, during the reverse pressurization process, the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 can flow to the second hydraulic pressure through the control valve whose communication fails.
  • the cavity 17 may affect the efficiency of the reverse pressurization process to a certain extent.
  • the braking system 1200 can implement a redundant braking scheme based on a single-circuit braking of a hydraulic adjustment device.
  • the braking system 1200 can use the manual braking mode to control the non-leaked brake circuit.
  • the dynamic circuit brakes Assuming that the first control valve 111 or the second control valve 121 is in the communication failure mode, and the brake circuit corresponding to the control valve in the communication failure mode is leaking, the braking system 1200 can use the manual braking mode to control the non-leaked brake circuit.
  • the dynamic circuit brakes Assuming that the first control valve 111 or the second control valve 121 is in the communication failure mode, and the brake circuit corresponding to the control valve in the communication failure mode is leaking, the braking system 1200 can use the manual braking mode to control the non-leaked brake circuit.
  • the dynamic circuit brakes Assuming that the first control valve 111 or the second control valve 121 is in the communication failure mode, and the brake circuit corresponding to the control valve in the communication failure mode is leaking, the braking system 1200 can use the manual braking mode to control the non-leaked brake circuit.
  • the dynamic circuit brakes Assuming that the
  • the control valve 1016 and the second control valve 121 can be controlled to be in a disconnected state, and the control valve 1015 can be controlled to be in a connected state.
  • the brake fluid in the cylinder 1017 can flow to the second group of brake wheel cylinders 26 and 27 through the brake pipeline 162.
  • the control valve 1015 and the first control valve 111 can be controlled to be in a disconnected state, and the control valve 1016 can be in a connected state. In this way, the brake The brake fluid in the master cylinder 1017 can flow to the first group of brake wheel cylinders 28 and 29 through the brake pipeline 163.
  • the hydraulic adjusting device 10 can decompress the entire braking system.
  • Fig. 13 is a schematic diagram of a braking system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the function implemented by the master cylinder booster adjustment unit 1010 in the braking system 1300 shown in FIG. 13 is the same as the function implemented by the hydraulic pressure adjustment unit 1010 shown in FIG.
  • the hydraulic adjustment device 913 can be divided into a forward pressurization process and a reverse pressurization process.
  • the first control valve 111, the second control valve 121, the fourth control valve 161, the fifth control valve 171, and the inlet valve 1120 corresponding to the wheel brake cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 are in In the on state, the control valve 1015, the control valve 1016, the control valve 912, and the outlet valve 1130 corresponding to the wheel brake cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 are in the off state.
  • the driving device 15 drives the piston 12 to compress the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17 to press the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 into the brake pipe through the first brake pipe 110 and the second brake pipe 120 respectively 163 and the brake pipeline 162, the wheel brake cylinders 28, 29 are pressed into the brake pipeline 163, and the wheel brake cylinders 26, 27 are pressed into the brake pipeline 162.
  • the brake fluid in the fluid storage device 30 can enter the first hydraulic chamber 16 through the brake pipe 910 to replenish the first hydraulic chamber 16 and reduce The driving device 15 drives the driving force of the piston 12.
  • the brake fluid in the second brake line 120 cannot enter the first hydraulic chamber 16 through the third brake line 130.
  • the first control valve 111, the second control valve 121, and the inlet valve 1120 corresponding to the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 are in a conducting state
  • the fourth control valve 161, the fifth control valve 171, and the discharge valve 1130 corresponding to the wheel brake cylinders 26, 27, 28, and 29 are in an open state.
  • the pipeline 162 provides braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27.
  • Another part of the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 enters the first brake line 110 through the connected third brake pipe 130 and the fourth brake pipe 140, and enters the brake through the first brake pipe 110.
  • the pipeline 163 provides braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29. Since the fourth control valve 161 and the fifth control valve 171 are in a disconnected state, the brake fluid will be blocked from flowing into the second hydraulic chamber 17 through the fifth brake pipe 150 and the sixth brake pipe 160.
  • the brake fluid in the fluid storage device 30 can also enter the second hydraulic chamber 17 through the brake pipeline 173 to replenish the second hydraulic chamber 17, reducing the amount of fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 and the second hydraulic chamber 17.
  • the pressure difference of the brake fluid reduces the driving force of the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12.
  • the control valve 1015, the control valve 1016, the inlet valve 1120 corresponding to the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29, and the output valve corresponding to the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 The liquid valve 1130 is in an open state, and the first control valve 111, the second control valve 121, the fourth control valve 161, the control valve 912, and the fifth control valve 171 are in an on state.
  • the control valve 1015, the control valve 1016, the inlet valve 1020 corresponding to the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29, and the output valve corresponding to the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 The liquid valve 1030 is in an open state, and the first control valve 111, the control valve 912, the third control valve 161, the fourth control valve 171, and the second control valve 121 are in an on state.
  • the braking system 1300 can implement a redundant braking scheme based on a single circuit braking of a hydraulic adjusting device.
  • the hydraulic adjusting device 913 assumes that the brake circuit 1140 fails, and the hydraulic adjusting device 913 needs to provide braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29 through the brake circuit 1150.
  • the second control valve 121, the control valve 1015, the control valve 1016, the control valve 912, and the outlet valve 1130 corresponding to the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 are in the open state
  • the fifth control valve 171, the first control valve 111, and the discharge valve 1130 corresponding to the wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29 are in a conducting state.
  • the driving device 15 drives the piston 12 to compress the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17 to press a part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 into the first brake through the sixth brake pipe 160
  • the driving pipeline 110 is then pressed into the braking pipeline 163 through the first braking pipeline 110 to provide braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29.
  • Another part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 is pressed into the fourth brake pipe 140 through the seventh brake pipe 170, and then enters the first brake pipe 110 through the fourth brake pipe 140 to pass
  • the brake pipeline 163 provides braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29. Since the second control valve 121 in the second brake line 120 is in a disconnected state, the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 cannot pass through the second brake line 120.
  • the piston 12 compresses the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17
  • the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16 increases, and the brake fluid in the liquid storage device 30 can enter the first hydraulic chamber 16 through the brake pipeline 910.
  • the driving force of the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12 is reduced.
  • the fourth control valve 161 and the fifth control valve 171 are controlled to be in a disconnected state.
  • the driving device 15 drives the piston 12 to compress the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16 to reduce the pressure in the first hydraulic chamber 16
  • a part of the brake fluid is pressed into the fourth brake pipe 140 through the third brake pipe 130, enters the first brake pipe 110 through the fourth brake pipe 140, and then presses into the first brake pipe 110 through the first brake pipe 110.
  • the piston 12 compresses the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16
  • the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17 increases, and the brake fluid in the fluid storage device 30 can enter the second hydraulic chamber 17 through the fluid inlet pipe 1 173.
  • the brake fluid in the fluid storage device 30 can enter the second hydraulic chamber 17 through the fluid inlet pipe 1 173.
  • the hydraulic adjusting device 913 When the hydraulic adjusting device 913 is in the two-way pressurization mode of single-circuit braking, assuming that the brake circuit 1150 fails, the hydraulic adjusting device 913 needs to provide braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27 through the brake circuit 1140.
  • the first control valve 111, the control valve 1015, the control valve 1016, the control valve 912, and the outlet valve 1130 corresponding to the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 are in the open state, and the fifth control valve 171 , The fourth control valve 161 and the second control valve 121 are in a conducting state.
  • the driving device 15 drives the piston 12 to compress the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17 to press the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 into the brake pipe 162 through the second brake pipe 120, and press it through the brake pipe 162.
  • the driving device 15 drives the piston 12 to compress the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17 to press the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 into the brake pipe 162 through the second brake pipe 120, and press it through the brake pipe 162.
  • the brake pipe 162 Into the brake wheel cylinders 26, 27. Since the first control valve 111 in the first brake line 110 is in a disconnected state, the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 cannot pass through the first brake line 110.
  • the driving device 15 drives the piston 12 to compress the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17 to press a part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 into the second brake through the seventh brake pipe 170
  • the driving pipeline 120 is pressed into the braking pipeline 162 through the second braking pipeline 120 to provide braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27.
  • Another part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 is pressed into the fourth brake line 140 through the sixth brake line 160, and then enters the second brake line 120 through the fourth brake line 140 to pass
  • the brake pipeline 162 provides braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27. Since the first control valve 111 in the first brake line 110 is in a disconnected state, the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 cannot pass through the first brake line 110.
  • the piston 12 compresses the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17
  • the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16 increases, and the brake fluid in the liquid storage device 30 can enter the first hydraulic chamber 16 through the brake pipeline 910.
  • the driving force of the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12 is reduced.
  • the fourth control valve 161 and the fifth control valve 171 are controlled to be in a disconnected state.
  • the driving device 15 drives the piston 12 to compress the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16 to reduce the pressure in the first hydraulic chamber 16
  • a part of the brake fluid is pressed into the second brake pipe 120 through the third brake pipe 130, and then pressed into the brake pipe 162 through the second brake pipe 120 to form the second group of brake wheel cylinders 26, 27.
  • the fourth control valve 161, the fifth control valve 171, and the first control valve 111 are in a disconnected state, the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 cannot pass through the first brake pipeline 110.
  • the piston 12 compresses the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16
  • the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17 increases, and the brake fluid in the fluid storage device 30 can enter the second hydraulic chamber 17 through the fluid inlet pipe 1 173.
  • the brake fluid in the fluid storage device 30 can enter the second hydraulic chamber 17 through the fluid inlet pipe 1 173.
  • the above introduced the redundancy scheme of the brake system after a certain brake circuit in the brake system leaks and fails.
  • the brake circuit of the control valve that has not failed to leak can be manually braked. Take control.
  • the control valve 1015 can be controlled to be in the on state, the control valve 1016 is in the off state, and the brake master cylinder 1017 will brake hydraulic pressure into the brake.
  • the moving pipeline 162 provides braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27.
  • the control valve 1016 can be controlled to be in the conducting state, the control valve 1015 is in the conducting state, and the brake master cylinder 1017 will apply the brake hydraulic pressure to it.
  • the brake pipeline 163 provides braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29.
  • the braking system 1300 can implement a redundant braking scheme based on a hydraulic adjusting device. It should be noted that when the fourth control valve 161 or the fifth control valve 171 is stuck and fails, the hydraulic adjusting device can still provide braking force to the wheel brake cylinders 26, 27, 28, 29 through the two-way pressurization mode. When the first control valve 111 or the second control valve 121 is stuck and fails, the hydraulic regulating device can only provide a single-circuit braking solution for the braking system through the normally working control valve.
  • a part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 can flow to the second brake line 120 through the seventh brake line 170, and It flows through the second brake line 120 to the brake line 162 to provide braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27.
  • Another part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 flows through the seventh brake pipe 170 to the fourth brake pipe 140, and flows through the fourth brake pipe 140 to the first brake pipe 110, and then It flows through the first brake line 110 to the brake line 163 to provide braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29.
  • a part of the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 can flow to the second brake line 120 through the third brake line 130 and to the second brake line 120 through the second brake line 120.
  • the brake pipeline 162 provides braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27.
  • Another part of the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 flows through the third brake pipe 130 to the fourth brake pipe 140, and flows through the fourth brake pipe 140 to the first brake pipe 110, and then It flows through the first brake line 110 to the brake line 163 to provide braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29.
  • a part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 can flow to the first brake line 110 through the sixth brake line 160, and It flows through the first brake line 110 to the brake line 163 to provide braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29.
  • Another part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 flows through the sixth brake pipe 160 to the fourth brake pipe 140, and flows through the fourth brake pipe 140 to the second brake pipe 120, and then It flows through the second brake line 120 to the brake line 162 to provide braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27.
  • a part of the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 can flow to the second brake line 120 through the third brake line 130 and to the second brake line 120 through the second brake line 120.
  • the brake pipeline 162 provides braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27.
  • Another part of the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 flows through the third brake pipe 130 to the fourth brake pipe 140, and flows through the fourth brake pipe 140 to the first brake pipe 110, and then It flows through the first brake line 110 to the brake line 163 to provide braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29.
  • the hydraulic adjusting device 913 can provide braking force for the brake circuit 1040 through a two-way pressure increase process.
  • a part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 can flow to the fourth brake line 140 through the sixth brake line 160 and to the fourth brake line 140 through the fourth brake line 140.
  • the second brake pipeline 120 flows through the second brake pipeline 120 to the brake pipeline 162 to provide braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27.
  • Another part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 flows through the seventh brake pipe 170 to the second brake pipe 120, and then flows through the second brake pipe 120 to the brake pipe 162, which is the second Group brake wheel cylinders 26, 27 provide braking force.
  • the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 can flow to the second brake line 120 through the third brake line 130 and to the brake line through the second control valve 121 162. Provide braking force for the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27 through the brake pipeline 162.
  • the hydraulic adjusting device 913 can provide braking force for the brake circuit 1050 through a two-way pressure increase process.
  • a part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 can flow to the fourth brake line 140 through the seventh brake line 170 and to the fourth brake line 140 through the fourth brake line 140
  • the first brake pipe 110 flows to the brake pipe 163 through the first brake pipe 110 to provide braking force for the first group of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29.
  • Another part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 flows to the first brake pipe 110 through the sixth brake pipe 160, and then flows to the brake pipe 163 through the first brake pipe 110, which is regarded as the first brake pipe.
  • Group brake wheel cylinders 28 and 29 provide braking force.
  • the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 can flow through the third brake line 130 to the fourth brake line 140, and through the first control valve 111 to the brake line 163. Provide braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29 through the brake pipeline 163.
  • the control valve that is in the connection failure is always in the connected state and will not block the flow of brake fluid. Therefore, the first control valve 111, the second control valve 121, and the fourth control valve When one or more of the control valves in the 161 and the fifth control valve 171 fail to communicate, it will not affect the two-way pressure increase function of the hydraulic adjustment device 913 or the realization of the pressure reduction function. However, if the fourth control valve 161 and/or the fifth control valve 171 fail to communicate, during the reverse pressurization process, the brake fluid in the first hydraulic chamber 16 can flow to the second hydraulic pressure through the control valve whose communication fails. The cavity 17 may affect the efficiency of the reverse pressurization process to a certain extent.
  • the braking system 1300 can implement a redundant braking scheme based on a single-circuit braking of a hydraulic adjustment device.
  • the braking system 1300 can use the manual braking mode to control the non-leaked brake circuit.
  • the dynamic circuit brakes Assuming that the first control valve 111 or the second control valve 121 is in the communication failure mode, and the brake circuit corresponding to the control valve in the communication failure mode is leaking, the braking system 1300 can use the manual braking mode to control the non-leaked brake circuit.
  • the dynamic circuit brakes Assuming that the first control valve 111 or the second control valve 121 is in the communication failure mode, and the brake circuit corresponding to the control valve in the communication failure mode is leaking, the braking system 1300 can use the manual braking mode to control the non-leaked brake circuit.
  • the dynamic circuit brakes Assuming that the first control valve 111 or the second control valve 121 is in the communication failure mode, and the brake circuit corresponding to the control valve in the communication failure mode is leaking, the braking system 1300 can use the manual braking mode to control the non-leaked brake circuit.
  • the dynamic circuit brakes Assuming that the
  • the control valve 1016 and the second control valve 121 can be controlled to be in a disconnected state, and the control valve 1015 can be controlled to be in a connected state.
  • the brake fluid in the cylinder 1017 can flow to the second group of brake wheel cylinders 26 and 27 through the brake pipeline 162.
  • the control valve 1015 and the first control valve 111 can be controlled to be in a disconnected state, and the control valve 1016 can be in a connected state. In this way, the brake The brake fluid in the master cylinder 1017 can flow to the first group of brake wheel cylinders 28 and 29 through the brake pipeline 163.
  • the hydraulic adjustment device 913 can decompress the entire braking system.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of a control method according to an embodiment of the present application. The method shown in FIG. 14 includes step 1410 and step 1420.
  • the controller generates a control instruction, which is used to control the driving device 15 in the braking system.
  • the controller sends a control instruction to the driving device 15, and by controlling the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12 to move along the inner wall of the hydraulic cylinder 11, to increase or decrease the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28, 29 and/or the second The pressure of the brake fluid in the group brake wheel cylinders 26, 27.
  • the second hydraulic chamber 17 is connected to the fourth brake line 140 through the fifth brake line 150, and the fifth brake line 150 is provided with a third control valve 151 to control the fifth brake line.
  • the third control valve 151 is in the conducting state during the positive pressure increase of the hydraulic pressure regulating device 10.
  • the above step 1420 includes: the controller sends a control command to the driving device 15, the control command It is used to control the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12 to compress the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17.
  • the third control valve 151 is in the conducting state during the reverse pressurization of the hydraulic pressure regulating device 10.
  • the above step 1420 includes: the controller sends a control instruction to the driving device 15. It is used to control the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12 to compress the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16.
  • the third control valve 151 is connected in parallel with the one-way valve 152, and the one-way valve 152 allows the brake fluid to flow from the second hydraulic chamber 17 to the fourth brake line 140, and blocks braking.
  • the fluid flows from the fourth brake pipe 140 to the second hydraulic chamber 17.
  • the method further includes: when the one-way valve 152 fails and the hydraulic regulator 10 performs positive pressure increase, the controller controls the third control valve 151 to be in The conducting state enables the second hydraulic chamber 17 to provide braking force for the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 and 29 and/or the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26 and 27 through the fifth brake pipeline 150.
  • the second hydraulic chamber 17 is connected to the first brake line 110 through a sixth brake line 160, and a fourth control valve 161 is provided on the sixth brake line 160 to control the second brake line.
  • the on-off of the brake pipeline 160; the second hydraulic chamber 17 is connected to the second brake pipeline 120 through the seventh brake pipeline 170, and the seventh brake pipeline 170 is provided with a fifth control valve 171 to control
  • the seventh brake pipe 170 is turned on and off, the first control valve 111, the second control valve 121, the fourth control valve 161, and the fifth control valve 171 are in conduction during the positive pressure increase process of the hydraulic pressure regulating device 10.
  • the above step 1420 includes: the controller sends a control instruction to the driving device 15, and the control instruction is used to control the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12 to compress the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17.
  • step 1420 includes: the controller drives to The device 15 sends a control instruction, which is used to control the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12 to compress the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17.
  • a part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 flows to the fourth brake pipe 140 through the seventh brake pipe 170, and flows to the first brake pipe 140 through the fourth brake pipe 140.
  • Brake line 110; another part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 flows to the second brake line 120 through the seventh brake line 170.
  • step 1420 includes: the controller drives to The device 15 sends a control instruction, and the control instruction is used to control the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12 to compress the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17.
  • a part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 flows to the fourth brake pipe 140 through the sixth brake pipe 160, and flows to the second brake pipe 140 through the fourth brake pipe 140.
  • Brake line 120; another part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 flows to the first brake line 110 through the sixth brake line 160.
  • the fourth control valve 161 and the fifth control valve 171 are in a disconnected state, and the first control valve 111 and the second control valve 121 In the conducting state, the above step 1420 includes: the controller sends a control instruction to the driving device 15, and the control instruction is used to control the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12 to compress the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16.
  • the controller that detects the failure of the control valve and the controller that controls the state of the control valve may be the same controller as the controller that sends the control instruction.
  • the controller that detects the failure of the control valve and the controller that controls the state of the control valve is one controller, and the controller that sends the control instruction is another controller. That is to say, in this application, the above-mentioned control function may be implemented by one controller, or implemented by multiple controllers in cooperation, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of this application.
  • control method of the embodiment of the present application is described above in conjunction with FIG. 14, and the control device that executes the foregoing control method in the present application is described below in conjunction with FIG. 15 to FIG. 16. It should be noted that the device of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to any hydraulic adjustment unit or braking system introduced above to implement one or more steps in the control method introduced above. For the sake of brevity, here No longer.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a control device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the control device 1500 shown in FIG. 15 includes a processing unit 1510 and a sending unit 1520.
  • the processing unit 1510 is used to generate control instructions, and the control instructions are used to control the driving device 15.
  • the sending unit 1520 is used to send the control instruction generated by the generating unit 1510 to the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12 to move along the inner wall of the hydraulic cylinder 11 by controlling the driving device 15 to increase or decrease the first set of wheel brake cylinders 28 , 29 and/or the pressure of the brake fluid in the second set of wheel brake cylinders 26, 27.
  • the second hydraulic chamber 17 is connected to the fourth brake line 140 through the fifth brake line 150, and the fifth brake line 150 is provided with a third control valve 151 to control the fifth brake line.
  • the third control valve 151 is in the on state during the positive pressure increase of the hydraulic pressure regulating device 10, and the sending unit 1520 is also used to send a control command to the driving device 15 to control The command is used to control the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12 to compress the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17.
  • the third control valve 151 is in a conducting state during the reverse pressurization of the hydraulic pressure regulating device 10, and the sending unit 1520 is further used for: the controller sends a control instruction to the driving device 15 , The control command is used to control the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12 to compress the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16.
  • the third control valve 151 is connected in parallel with the one-way valve 152, and the one-way valve 152 allows the brake fluid to flow from the second hydraulic chamber 17 to the fourth brake line 140, and blocks braking.
  • the fluid flows from the fourth brake pipe 140 to the second hydraulic chamber 17, and the processing unit 1510 is also used to control the third control valve 151 when the one-way valve 152 fails and the hydraulic regulator 10 performs positive pressure increase. It is in a conducting state, so that the second hydraulic chamber 17 provides braking force for the first group of wheel brake cylinders 28, 29 and/or the second group of wheel brake cylinders 26, 27 through the fifth brake pipeline 150.
  • the second hydraulic chamber 17 is connected to the first brake line 110 through a sixth brake line 160, and a fourth control valve 161 is provided on the sixth brake line 160 to control the second brake line.
  • the on-off of the brake pipeline 160; the second hydraulic chamber 17 is connected to the second brake pipeline 120 through the seventh brake pipeline 170, and the seventh brake pipeline 170 is provided with a fifth control valve 171 to control
  • the first control valve 111, the second control valve 121, the fourth control valve 161, and the fifth control valve 171 are in conduction during the positive pressure increase process of the hydraulic pressure regulating device 10.
  • the sending unit 1520 is also used to send a control command to the driving device 15, and the control command is used to control the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12 to compress the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17.
  • the sending unit 1520 is further configured to: The driving device 15 sends a control instruction, and the control instruction is used to control the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12 to compress the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17.
  • a part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 flows to the fourth brake pipe 140 through the seventh brake pipe 170, and flows to the first brake pipe 140 through the fourth brake pipe 140.
  • Brake line 110; another part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 flows to the second brake line 120 through the seventh brake line 170.
  • the sending unit 1520 is further configured to: The driving device 15 sends a control instruction, and the control instruction is used to control the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12 to compress the volume of the second hydraulic chamber 17.
  • a part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 flows to the fourth brake pipe 140 through the sixth brake pipe 160, and flows to the second brake pipe 140 through the fourth brake pipe 140.
  • Brake line 120; another part of the brake fluid in the second hydraulic chamber 17 flows to the first brake line 110 through the sixth brake line 160.
  • the fourth control valve 161 and the fifth control valve 171 are in a disconnected state, and the first control valve 111 and the second control valve 121 In the conducting state, the sending unit 1520 is also used to send a control instruction to the driving device 15, and the control instruction is used to control the driving device 15 to drive the piston 12 to compress the volume of the first hydraulic chamber 16.
  • the processing unit 1510 may be a processor 1620, the sending unit 1520 may be a communication interface 1630, and the specific structure of the controller is shown in FIG. 16.
  • Fig. 16 is a schematic block diagram of a controller according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • the controller 1600 shown in FIG. 16 may include a memory 1610, a processor 1620, and a communication interface 1630.
  • the memory 1610, the processor 1620, and the communication interface 1630 are connected through an internal connection path.
  • the memory 1610 is used to store instructions, and the processor 1620 is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory 1620 to control the communication interface 1630 to receive/send information.
  • the memory 1610 may be coupled with the processor 1620 through an interface, or may be integrated with the processor 1620.
  • the aforementioned communication interface 1630 uses devices such as, but not limited to, an input/output interface to implement communication between the controller 1600 and other devices or communication networks.
  • the steps of the foregoing method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 1620 or instructions in the form of software.
  • the method disclosed in combination with the embodiments of the present application can be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field, such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 1610, and the processor 1620 reads the information in the memory 1610, and completes the steps of the foregoing method in combination with its hardware. In order to avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • the processor may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), and dedicated integration Circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), ready-made programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory may include a read-only memory and a random access memory, and provide instructions and data to the processor.
  • Part of the processor may also include non-volatile random access memory.
  • the processor can also store device type information.
  • the “liquid outlet pipeline” and the “liquid inlet pipeline” involved in this application may correspond to different brake pipelines, or may correspond to the same brake pipeline.
  • “Liquid outlet pipe” and “Liquid inlet pipe” are only distinguished based on the function of the brake pipe in the brake system.
  • the brake pipe in the brake system 1 is used to deliver the brake fluid in the brake wheel cylinder to the liquid storage device.
  • the brake pipeline 1 can be called the "liquid outlet pipeline”.
  • the brake pipe 1 In the process of pressurizing the wheels of the car, the brake pipe 1 is used to provide brake fluid for the wheels of the car, so as to provide braking force for the wheels of the car.
  • the brake pipe 1 can be called "fluid Pipeline”.
  • liquid inlet valve used to control the connection or disconnection of the liquid inlet pipe
  • controller used to control the connection or disconnection of the liquid return line
  • the control valve used to isolate the two-stage brake subsystem can be referred to as an "isolation valve”.
  • the above-mentioned control valve may be a valve commonly used in an existing brake system, for example, a solenoid valve, etc., which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • connection port between the control valve and the brake pipeline can be represented by the first end and the second end.
  • the direction of flow is not limited.
  • the brake fluid can flow from the first end of the control valve to the second end of the control valve, or when the control valve is in the off state, the brake fluid can flow from the control valve.
  • the second end flows to the first end of the control valve.
  • first brake line 110 can be understood as one or more sections of brake pipeline that realize a certain function.
  • first fluid inlet pipeline 130 is a multi-section brake pipeline for connecting the master brake cylinder 3 and the wheel brake cylinder 151 of the first set of wheels.
  • the hydraulic adjustment unit in the present application may be a unit for adjusting the pressure of the brake fluid in the brake system, including one or more of the brake pipelines mentioned above, as well as the control valve and one-way control valve in the brake pipeline. Valves and other components.
  • the above-mentioned hydraulic adjustment unit may further include hydraulic cylinders, pistons, push rods and other elements in the hydraulic adjustment device.
  • the braking system may include components such as a hydraulic adjustment unit, a brake wheel cylinder, a liquid storage device, and a brake pedal.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, for example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Transportation (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Fluid Mechanics (AREA)
  • Regulating Braking Force (AREA)
  • Valves And Accessory Devices For Braking Systems (AREA)
  • Braking Systems And Boosters (AREA)

Abstract

一种液压调节单元,包括:具有双向增压功能的液压调节装置(10),其具有第二液压腔(17)和第一液压腔(16),第二液压腔(17)通过设置有第一控制阀(111)的第一制动管路(110)为第一组制动轮缸(28、29)提供制动力,第一液压腔(16)通过设置有第二控制阀(121)的第二制动管路(120)为第二组制动轮缸(26、27)提供制动力,第一控制阀(111)的第一端与第二控制阀(121)的第一端通过第四制动管路(140)连通,第一液压腔(16)通过第三制动管路(130)与第四制动管路(140)连通,使得第一液压腔(16)可以通过第一制动管路(110)为第一组制动轮缸(28、29)单独增压。还包括具有该液压调节单元的制动系统及其控制方法。

Description

液压调节单元、制动系统及控制方法 技术领域
本申请涉及汽车领域,并且更具体地,涉及液压调节单元、制动系统及控制方法。
背景技术
汽车的制动系统是通过对汽车的车轮施加一定的制动力,从而对其进行一定程度的强制制动的系统。制动系统作用是使行驶中的汽车按照驾驶员或者控制器的要求进行强制减速甚至停车,或者使已停驶的汽车在各种道路条件下(例如,在坡道上)稳定驻车,或者使下坡行驶的汽车速度保持稳定。
电液制动系统(Electro-Hydraulic Brake,EHB)作为流行的制动系统通常包括双回路制动系统以及分布式制动系统。其中,对于双回路制动系统而言,液压调节装置通过第一制动管路用于为第一组制动轮缸提供制动力,液压调节装置通过第二制动管路为第二组车轮提供制动力。目前,通产采用具有双向增压功能的液压调节装置作为上述双回路制动系统中的液压调节装置。
传统的双回路制动系统中,具有双向增压功能的液压调节装置在正向增压的过程中,液压调节装置的第二液压腔通过设置有单向阀的第一制动管路为第一组车辆提供制动力,同时第二液压腔通过设置有单向阀的第二制动管路为第二组车辆提供制动力。在反向增压的过程中,液压调节装置的第一液压腔通过设置有单向阀的第一制动管路为第一组车辆提供制动力,同时第一液压腔通过设置有单向阀的第二制动管路为第二组车辆提供制动力。
然而,第一制动管路和第二制动管路都是基于单向阀控制制动液的流向,无法控制制动管路的通断。这样,当其中一条制动管路漏液后,制动系统内的制动液会随着泄露的制动管路流失,导致液压调节单元无法为制动系统增压,降低了车辆的行车的安全性。
发明内容
本申请提供一种液压调节单元、制动系统及控制方法,以对双回路制动管路中的任意制动管路单独增压,提高车辆的行车的安全性。
第一方面,提供了一种液压调节单元,包括:具有双向增压功能的液压调节装置10,液压调节装置10包括第一液压腔16和第二液压腔17;第二液压腔17与第一制动管路110中第一控制阀111的第一端相连,且与第二制动管路120中的第二控制阀121的第一端相连,第一制动管路110用于为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力,第二制动管路120用于为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力,第一控制阀111用于控制第一制动管路110的通断状态,第二控制阀121用于控制第二制动管路120的通断状态,第一控制阀111的第一端与第二控制阀121的第一端通过第四制动管路140连通;第一液压腔16通过第三制动管路130与第四制动管路140连通。
在本申请实施例中,第二液压腔17或第一液压腔16通过设置有第一控制阀111的第 一制动管路110为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力,并且通过设置有第二控制阀121的第二制动管路120为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力,有利于实现对第一制动管路110和第二制动管路120进行单独增压,提高了车辆的行车安全。避免了现有技术中,第一液压腔16无法通过第一制动管路110为第一组制动轮缸28、29单独增压。
另一方面,第一液压腔16和第二液压腔17可以复用第一控制阀111以及第二控制阀121,以实现在双回路制动系统中为任意一条制动回路单独增压,有利于减少双回路制动系统中控制阀的数量,降低制动系统的成本。
再一方面,由于第四制动管路140连通第一控制阀111的第一端与第二控制阀121的第一端,因此,第一制动管路110和第二制动管路120中制动液的压力还可以通过第四制动管路实现压力均衡。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一液压腔16通过第三制动管路130与第二制动管路120连通,其中,第三制动管路130与第二制动管路120的接口与第二控制阀121的第一端相连,且接口与第四制动管路140相连。
在本申请实施例中,通过将第三制动管路130与第二控制阀121的第一端相连,同时由于第二控制阀121的第一端与第一控制阀111的第一端通过第四制动管路140连通,这样,使得第一控制阀111可以控制第三制动管路130是否通过第一制动管路110为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力,第二控制阀121可以控制第三制动管路130是否通过第二制动管路120为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力,有利于减少制动系统中与液压调节装置10配合的控制阀的数量。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一控制阀111的通断状态用于控制第一液压腔16通过连通的第三制动管路130以及第二制动管路120,为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力;第二控制阀121的通断状态用于控制第一液压腔16通过连通的第三制动管路130以及第四制动管路140,为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。
在本申请实施例中,第一控制阀111可以控制第三制动管路130是否通过第一制动管路110为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力,第二控制阀121可以控制第三制动管路130是否通过第二制动管路120为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力,有利于减少制动系统中与液压调节装置10配合的控制阀的数量。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二液压腔17通过第五制动管路150与第四制动管路140相连,第五制动管路150设置有第三控制阀151以控制第五制动管路150的通断。
在本申请实施例中,通过设置第三控制阀151以控制第五制动管路150的通断,有利于在液压调节装置10的反向增压过程中,控制第五制动管路150处于断开状态,有利于提高液压调节装置10的反向增压过程中的制动效率,以避免第一液压腔16中的部分制动液通过第五制动管路150流至第二液压腔17中,而未流至第一制动轮缸28、29和/或第二组制动轮缸26、27。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第三控制阀151与单向阀152并联,单向阀152允许制动液从第二液压腔17流至第四制动管路140,且阻断制动液从第四制动管路140流至第二液压腔17。
在本申请实施例中,通过将第三控制阀151与单向阀152并联,当单向阀152失效后,可以通过控制第三控制阀151的通断以控制制动液的流向,有利于提高制动系统的冗余性 能。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二液压腔17通过第六制动管路160与第一制动管路110相连,第六制动管路160上设置有第四控制阀161以控制第六制动管路160的通断;第二液压腔17通过第七制动管路170与第二制动管路120相连,第七制动管路170上设置有第五控制阀171以控制第七制动管路170的通断。
在本申请实施例中,第二液压腔17通过第六控制管路160与第一控制管路110连通,第二液压腔17还通过第七控制管路170与第二控制管路120连通,这样,第二液压腔17通过多条制动管路输出或回收制动液,有利于提高制动液的传输量。
另一方面,第六控制管路160与第一制动管路110连通,第七控制管路170和第二制动管路120连通,且第一制动管路110与第二制动管路120通过第四制动管路140连通,这样,若第四控制阀161或第五控制阀171中一个故障,另一个控制阀任然可以与液压调节装置10配合以实现液压调节装置10的双向增压功能,有利于提高制动系统的冗余性能。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一液压腔16和第二液压腔17为通过液压调节单元中的活塞12将液压调节单元中的液压缸11进行分隔形成的,第一液压腔16的端部设置有推杆支撑部14,推杆支撑部14支撑推动活塞12在液压缸11中沿着活塞行程运动的推杆13,且推杆支撑部14上设置有第一液压调节口14a;推杆13上设有第二液压调节口13a,第二液压调节口13a的第一端与第一液压腔16连通;当活塞12位于活塞行程的内止点时,第一液压调节口14a与第二液压调节口13a的第二端连通;当活塞12位于活塞行程中除内止点之外的位置时,第一液压调节口14a与第二液压调节口13a的第二端不连通。
在本申请实施例中,将第一液压腔16的出液管路分段配置在推杆支撑部14对应第一液压调节口14a以及推杆13对应第二液压调节口13a上,这样,当活塞12位于活塞行程的内止点时,第一液压调节口14a与第二液压调节口13a的第二端连通,当活塞12位于活塞行程中除内止点之外的位置时,第一液压调节口14a与第二液压调节口13a的第二端不连通,即通过活塞12在活塞行程中的位置控制第一液压调节口14a与第二液压调节口13a的通断状态,避免了传统的液压调节装置中需要专门为第一液压腔16配置控制阀,以通过控制第一液压腔16的出液管路的通断,有利于减少液压调节单元中与液压调节装置配套使用的控制阀的数量,降低液压调节单元中的成本。
需要说明的是,第二液压调节口13a的第一端与所述第一液压腔16连通,可以包括当活塞12位于活塞行程的内止点时,第二液压调节口13a的第一端与所述第一液压腔16连通;或者,当活塞12位于活塞行程中的全部位置时,第二液压调节口13a的第一端都与第一液压腔16连通。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一液压调节口14a与第一出液管路180相连,当活塞12位于活塞行程的内止点时,第一出液管路180用于将第一液压腔16中的制动液排出。
在本申请实施例中,将第一液压腔16的出液管路分段配置在推杆支撑部14对应第一液压调节口14a以及推杆13对应第二液压调节口13a上,这样,当活塞12位于活塞行程的内止点时,第一液压调节口14a与第二液压调节口13a连通,第一液压腔16内的制动液可以通过连通的第一液压调节口14a以及第二液压调节口13a排至第一出液管路180,再从第一出液管路180排出第一液压腔16,有利于减少液压调节单元中控制阀的数量,降低液压调节单元中的成本。
在一种可能的实现方式中,沿所述推杆13的外周设有圆环状或半圆环状的第一导流槽13b,所述第一导流槽13b与所述第二液压调节口13a的第二端连通。相应地,当活塞位于内止点时所述第一导流槽13b与所述第一液压调节口14a连通。
在本申请实施例中,通过在推杆13的外周设置圆环状或半圆环状的第一导流槽13b,在推杆13发生旋转的情况下,活塞12位于内止点,第一液压调节口14a与第二液压调节口13a之间可以通过第一导流槽13b连通,有利于提高液压调节装置的性能。
在一种可能的实现方式中,沿所述推杆支撑部14的内周设有圆环状或半圆环状的第二导流槽13c,所述第二导流槽13c与所述第一液压调节口14a连通,当所述活塞12位于活塞行程的内止点时,且所述第二导流槽13c与所述第二液压调节口13a的第二端连通。
在本申请实施例中,通过在推杆支撑部14的内周设置圆环状或半圆环状的第二导流槽13c,在推杆13发生旋转的情况下,活塞12位于内止点,第一液压调节口14a与第二液压调节口13a之间可以通过第二导流槽13c连通,有利于提高液压调节装置的性能。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二液压调节口13a在所述推杆13上倾斜设置并且贯穿所述推杆13,所述第二液压调节口13a的第一端与所述活塞12之间的距离短于所述第二液压调节口13a的第二端与所述活塞12之间的距离。
在本申请实施例中,通过设置第二液压调节口13a的第一端与活塞12之间的距离短于第二液压调节口13a的第二端与活塞12之间的距离,使得连通的第二液压调节口13a和第一液压调节口14a可以与第一液压腔16连通。
在一种可能的实现方式中,当所述活塞12位于所述内止点时,所述推杆支撑部14与所述第二液压调节口13a间隔设置。
在本申请实施例中,当活塞12位于内止点时,推杆支撑部14与第二液压调节口13a间隔设置,避免推杆支撑部14对第二液压调节口13a的遮挡,有利于方便制动液流进第二液压调节口13a,提高液压调节装置的减压效率。
第二方面,提供了一种制动系统,包括第一组制动轮缸28、29、第二组制动轮缸26、27以及上述第一方面中任一种液压调节单元,液压调节单元为第一组制动轮缸28、29和/或第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。
在本申请实施例中,第二液压腔17或第一液压腔16通过设置有第一控制阀111的第一制动管路110为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力,并且通过设置有第二控制阀121的第二制动管路120为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力,有利于实现对第一制动管路110和第二制动管路120进行单独增压,提高了车辆的行车安全。避免了现有技术中,第一液压腔16无法通过第一制动管路110为第一组制动轮缸28、29单独增压。
另一方面,第一液压腔16和第二液压腔17可以复用第一控制阀111以及第二控制阀121,以实现在双回路制动系统中为任意一条制动回路单独增压,有利于减少双回路制动系统中控制阀的数量,降低制动系统的成本。
再一方面,由于第四制动管路140连通第一控制阀111的第一端与第二控制阀121的第一端,因此,第一制动管路110和第二制动管路120中制动液的压力还可以通过第四制动管路实现压力均衡。
在一种可能的实现方式中,制动系统还包括驱动装置15,驱动装置15驱动液压调节装置10中的活塞12沿着液压调节单元的液压缸11的内壁运动形成活塞行程。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一液压调节口14a与第一出液管路180相连,当活塞12位于活塞行程的内止点时,第一组制动轮缸28、29和/或第二组制动轮缸26、27中的制动液通过连通的第一液压调节口14a与第二液压调节口13a的第二端,流至第一出液管路180,并通过第一出液管路180排至储液装置30。
第三方面,提供了一种制动系统的控制方法,制动系统包括具有双向增压功能的液压调节装置10,液压调节装置10包括活塞12、液压缸11、推杆13,其中,活塞12将液压缸11分隔为第一液压腔16和第二液压腔17;第二液压腔17与第一制动管路110中第一控制阀111的第一端相连,且与第二制动管路120中的第二控制阀121的第一端相连,第一制动管路110用于为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力,第二制动管路120用于为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力,第一控制阀111用于控制第一制动管路110的通断状态,第二控制阀121用于控制第二制动管路120的通断状态,第一控制阀111的第一端与第二控制阀121的第一端通过第四制动管路140连通;第一液压腔16通过第三制动管路130与第四制动管路140相连,上述控制方法包括:控制器生成控制指令,控制指令用于对制动系统中的驱动装置15进行控制;控制器向驱动装置15发送控制指令,通过控制驱动装置15驱动活塞12沿着液压缸11的内壁运动,以增大或减小第一组制动轮缸28、29和/或第二组制动轮缸26、27中制动液的压力。
在本申请实施例中,第二液压腔17或第一液压腔16通过设置有第一控制阀111的第一制动管路110为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力,并且通过设置有第二控制阀121的第二制动管路120为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力,有利于实现对第一制动管路110和第二制动管路120进行单独增压,提高了车辆的行车安全。避免了现有技术中,第一液压腔16无法通过第一制动管路110为第一组制动轮缸28、29单独增压。
另一方面,第一液压腔16和第二液压腔17可以复用第一控制阀111以及第二控制阀121,以实现在双回路制动系统中为任意一条制动回路单独增压,有利于减少双回路制动系统中控制阀的数量,降低制动系统的成本。
再一方面,由于第四制动管路140连通第一控制阀111的第一端与第二控制阀121的第一端,因此,第一制动管路110和第二制动管路120中制动液的压力还可以通过第四制动管路实现压力均衡。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二液压腔17通过第五制动管路150与第四制动管路140相连,第五制动管路150设置有第三控制阀151以控制第五制动管路150的通断,控制器向驱动装置15发送控制指令,包括:控制器向驱动装置15发送控制指令,控制指令用于控制驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积。
在本申请实施例中,当液压调节装置10进行正向增压时,第三控制阀151处于导通状态,这样,控制器通过驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积时,第二液压腔17中的制动液可以通过第五制动管路150流出第二液压腔17。
在一种可能的实现方式中,在液压调节装置10进行反向增压的过程中,第三控制阀151处于断开状态,上述控制器向驱动装置15发送控制指令,包括:控制器向驱动装置15发送控制指令,控制指令用于控制驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积。
在本申请实施例中,当液压调节装置10进行反向增压时,第三控制阀151处于断开状态,这样,控制器通过驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积时,第一液 压腔16中的制动液不会通过第三制动管路130流至第二液压腔17。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第三控制阀151与单向阀152并联,单向阀152允许制动液从第二液压腔17流至第四制动管路140,且阻断制动液从第四制动管路140流至第二液压腔17,上述方法还包括:在单向阀152故障且液压调节装置10进行正向增压的过程中,控制器控制第三控制阀151处于导通状态,以使得第二液压腔17通过第五制动管路150为第一组制动轮缸28、29和/或第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。
在本申请实施例中,通过将第三控制阀151与单向阀152并联,当单向阀152故障后,可以通过控制第三控制阀151的通断以控制制动液的流向,有利于提高制动系统的冗余性能。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二液压腔17通过第六制动管路160与第一制动管路110相连,第六制动管路160上设置有第四控制阀161以控制第六制动管路160的通断;第二液压腔17通过第七制动管路170与第二制动管路120相连,第七制动管路170上设置有第五控制阀171以控制第七制动管路170的通断,在液压调节装置10进行正向增压的过程中,第一控制阀111、第二控制阀121、第四控制阀161和第五控制阀171处于导通状态,上述控制器向驱动装置15发送控制指令,包括:控制器向驱动装置15发送控制指令,控制指令用于控制驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积。
在本申请实施例中,在液压调节装置10进行正向增压的过程中,第一控制阀111、第二控制阀121、第四控制阀161和第五控制阀171处于导通状态,这样,第二液压腔17内的制动液可以通过第六制动管路160、第七制动管路170流至第一制动管路110和第二制动管路120,有利于提高第二液压腔17输出制动液的效率。
在一种可能的实现方式中,若第四控制阀161卡滞故障,第一控制阀111、第二控制阀121以及第五控制阀171处于导通状态,上述控制器向驱动装置15发送控制指令,包括:控制器向驱动装置15发送控制指令,控制指令用于控制驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积。
在本申请实施例中,若第四控制阀161卡滞故障,第一控制阀111、第二控制阀121以及第五控制阀171依然可以配合液压调节装置10实现正向增压功能,以提高制动系统的冗余性能。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二液压腔17中的一部分制动液通过第七制动管路170流至第四制动管路140,通过第四制动管路140流至第一制动管路110;第二液压腔17中的另一部分制动液通过第七制动管路170流至第二制动管路120。
在本申请实施例中,若第四控制阀161卡滞故障,第二液压腔17中的一部分制动液通过第七制动管路170流至第四制动管路140,通过第四制动管路140流至第一制动管路110;第二液压腔17中的另一部分制动液通过第七制动管路170流至第二制动管路120,即实现液压调节装置10的正向增压功能,以提高制动系统的冗余性能。
在一种可能的实现方式中,若第五控制阀171卡滞故障,第一控制阀111、第二控制阀121以及第四控制阀161处于导通状态,上述控制器向驱动装置15发送控制指令,包括:控制器向驱动装置15发送控制指令,控制指令用于控制驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积。
在本申请实施例中,若第五控制阀171卡滞故障,第一控制阀111、第二控制阀121 以及第四控制阀161依然可以配合液压调节装置10实现正向增压功能,以提高制动系统的冗余性能。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二液压腔17中的一部分制动液通过第六制动管路160流至第四制动管路140,通过第四制动管路140流至第二制动管路120;第二液压腔17中的另一部分制动液通过第六制动管路160流至第一制动管路110。
在本申请实施例中,若第五控制阀171卡滞故障,第二液压腔17中的一部分制动液通过第六制动管路160流至第四制动管路140,通过第四制动管路140流至第二制动管路120,第二液压腔17中的另一部分制动液通过第六制动管路160流至第一制动管路110,即实现液压调节装置10的正向增压功能,以提高制动系统的冗余性能。
在一种可能的实现方式中,在液压调节装置10进行反向增压的过程中,第四控制阀161和第五控制阀171处于断开状态,第一控制阀111和第二控制阀121处于导通状态,上述控制器向驱动装置15发送控制指令,包括:控制器向驱动装置15发送控制指令,控制指令用于控制驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积。
在本申请实施例中,液压调节装置10进行反向增压的过程中,第四控制阀161和第五控制阀171处于断开状态,第一控制阀111和第二控制阀121处于导通状态,以防止第一液压腔16中的制动液通过第一制动管路110和第二制动管路12流至第二液压腔,以提高第二液压腔16的建压效率。
第四方面,提供一种汽车,包括上述第二方面中任意一种可能的实现方式所述的制动系统,所述制动系统中的液压调节单元通过调节所述制动系统中的制动管路内制动液的压力,以控制施加至所述制动系统中制动轮缸的制动力的大小。
第五方面,提供一种控制装置,该控制装置包括处理单元和发送单元,其中发送单元用于发送控制指令,处理单元用于生成控制指令,以使控制装置执行第三方面中任一种可能的控制方法。
可选地,上述控制装置可以是汽车中独立的控制器,也可以是汽车中具有控制功能的芯片。上述处理单元可以是处理器,上述发送单元可以是通信接口。
可选地,控制装置还可以包括存储单元,存储单元可以是控制器中的存储器,其中存储器可以是芯片内的存储单元(例如,寄存器、缓存等),也可以是汽车内位于上述芯片外部的存储单元(例如,只读存储器、随机存取存储器等)。
需要说明的是,上述控制器中存储器与处理器耦合。存储器与处理器耦合,可以理解为,存储器位于处理器内部,或者存储器位于处理器外部,从而独立于处理器。
第六方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述各方面中的方法。
需要说明的是,上述计算机程序代码可以全部或者部分存储在第一存储介质上,其中第一存储介质可以与处理器封装在一起的,也可以与处理器单独封装,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
第七方面,提供了一种计算机可读介质,所述计算机可读介质存储有程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述各方面中的方法。
附图说明
图1是本申请实施例适用的液压调节装置的示意图。
图2是本申请实施例的液压调节装置中第一导流槽的结构示意图。
图3是本申请实施例的液压调节装置中第二导流槽的结构示意图。
图4是传统的基于双向增压/减压的液压调节装置的双回路电液制动系统。
图5是本申请实施例的液压调节单元的示意图。
图6是本申请实施例的液压调节单元600的示意图。
图7是本申请实施例中储液装置30与液压调节装置10的连接方式一的示意图。
图8是本申请实施例中储液装置30与液压调节装置10的连接方式二的示意图。
图9是本申请实施例中储液装置30与液压调节装置913的连接方式三的示意图。
图10是本申请实施例的制动系统的示意图。
图11是本申请实施例的制动系统的示意图。
图12是本申请实施例的制动系统的示意图。
图13是本申请实施例的制动系统的示意图。
图14是本申请实施例的控制方法的示意性流程图。
图15是本申请实施例的控制装置的示意图。
图16是本申请另一实施例的控制器的示意性框图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。
为了便于理解本申请,下文先结合图1至图3介绍本申请实施例适用的液压调节装置。应理解,本申请实施例的方案还适用于其他具有双向增压/减压功能的液压调节装置,本申请实施例对此不作限定。
图1是本申请实施例的液压调节装置的示意图。图1所示的液压调节装置10包括液压缸11、活塞12、推杆13、推杆支撑部14。
其中,活塞12沿着液压缸11的内壁运动形成活塞行程,活塞12将液压缸11分隔为第一液压腔16和第二液压腔17;第一液压腔16的端部设置有推杆支撑部14,推杆支撑部14支撑推杆13,且推杆支撑部14上设置有第一液压调节口14a;推杆13上设有第二液压调节口13a,第二液压调节口13a的第一端与第一液压腔16连通,当活塞12位于上述活塞行程的内止点时,第一液压调节口14a与第二液压调节口13a的第二端连通,当活塞12位于上述活塞行程中除内止点之外的位置时,第一液压调节口14a与第二液压调节口13a的第二端不连通。
如图1所示,推杆13推动活塞12沿着液压缸11的内壁运动并形成活塞行程,液压缸11被活塞12分隔为两个液压腔,第一液压腔16以及第二液压腔17。其中,与第一液压腔16相连的第一流道由端口11a和端口11d组成。与第二液压腔17相连的第二流道由端口11c和端口11b组成。
活塞12可活动的设置于液压缸11内,推杆13的一端伸入液压缸11内并且与活塞12连接,推杆13的另一端穿出液压缸11与驱动装置15传动连接。在驱动装置15的带动下,活塞12能够在液压缸11内做往复运动,以实现对制动系统的增压或者减压操作。
在活塞12沿着液压缸11的内壁运动的过程中,活塞12距离驱动装置15的驱动轴(例 如,曲轴中心)最远的位置称为“外止点”,相应地,活塞12距离驱动装置15的驱动轴(例如,曲轴中心)最进的位置称为“内止点”,而“外止点”和“内止点”之间的距离称为活塞行程。
可选地,上述活塞12可以由驱动装置15驱动推杆13进行推动,其中驱动装置15可以是电机等其他具有驱动能力的装置。应理解,上述驱动装置15为电机时,由于部分电机输出的是转矩,因此,为了将电机输出的转矩装换为驱动推杆13的直线运动,驱动装置15与推杆13之间还可以通过减速机构,或者其他动力转换机构18相连。上述动力装换机构例如可以包括涡轮蜗杆组件或者滚珠丝杠螺母组件。
第一液压腔16和第二液压腔17被活塞12隔开,并且第一液压腔16容积和第二液压腔17的容积随着活塞12的移动而改变。例如,当活塞12在液压缸11内向着远离驱动装置15的方向(又称“正向移动”)移动时,增大了第一液压腔16的容积,减小了第二液压腔17的容积。又例如,当活塞12在液压缸11内向着靠近驱动装置15的方向(又称“反向移动”)移动时,会减小第一液压腔16的容积,增大第二液压腔17的容积。
相应地,在增压过程中活塞12在液压缸11内正向移动,可以称为“正向增压过程”。在增压过程中活塞12在液压缸11内反向移动,可以称为“反向增压过程”。
上述第一液压调节口14a与第二液压调节口13a可以视为上文中与第一液压腔16相连通的第一流道的端口,第一液压腔16通过第一液压调节口14a与第二液压调节口13a连通,可以理解为第一液压腔16中的制动液可以通过连通的第一液压调节口14a与第二液压调节口13a排出第一液压腔16。
可选地,上述第一液压腔16中的制动液可以通过第一液压腔上设置的第三液压调节口11a流进。第三液压调节口11a连通第一液压腔16和制动系统的制动管路,该制动管路可以连通至与汽车车轮的制动轮缸,制动系统的控制器能够通过调节制动管路中的液压来调节施加在车轮上的制动力。
也就是说,在增压过程中,第一液压腔16可以通过第三液压调节口11a将制动液压入该制动管路中,以此来增加施加在车轮上的制动力。在减压过程中,基于制动系统中的压力差,制动管路中的制动液可以通过第三液压调节口11a流进第一液压腔16中,以此来减少或者取消施加在车轮上的制动力。
可选地,液压缸11上还可以开设有第四液压调节口11b,第四液压调节口11b用于通过管路连通第二液压腔17和制动系统的制动管路。
类似地,第二液压腔17能够通过第四液压调节口11b将制动液压入制动管路,以增大施加在车轮上的制动力。相应地,制动管路中的制动液也可以通过第四液压调节口11b流入第二液压腔17中,以减少施加在车轮上的制动力。
上述第四液压调节口11b还可以通过制动管路连通第二液压腔17和第一液压腔16。这样,在液压调节装置10进行正向增压时,第二液压腔17内的一部分制动液被压入制动管路以向车轮提供制动力,第二液压腔17内的另一部分制动液则通过第四液压调节口11b进入第一液压腔16,以降低第二液压腔17和第一液压腔16之间的压力差,减小驱动装置15的工作负荷,提高电机驱动装置的寿命。
可选地,第二液压腔17还可以设置第五液压调节口11c,第五液压调节口11c用于储液装置30为第二液压腔17补充的制动液,即储液装置30通过第五液压调节口11c将制 动液补入第二液压腔17。
具体地,第五液压调节口11c通过管路与储液装置30相连通,当进行反向增压时,为了降低第二液压腔17和第一液压腔16的压力差,在活塞12向右移动的过程中,可以通过第五液压调节口11c将储液装置30内的制动液及时的补充入第二液压腔17中。
可选地,为了便于连通第一液压腔16与第一液压调节口14a,第二液压调节口13a可以在推杆13上倾斜设置并且贯穿推杆13,第二液压调节口13a的进液口(又称“第二液压调节口13a的第一端”)与活塞12之间的距离短于第二液压调节口13a的出液口(又称“第二液压调节口13a的第二端”)与活塞12之间的距离。
上述第二液压调节口13a的进液口与活塞12之间的距离短于第二液压调节口13a的出液口与活塞12之间的距离,可以理解为,第二液压调节口13a与第一液压调节口14a连通的一侧相对第二液压调节口13a与第一液压腔16连通的一侧更靠近活塞12。当然,第二液压调节口13a也可以为U形孔等,本申请实施例对此不做限定。
通常,为了避免活塞12位于内止点或外止点时,推杆支撑部14对第二液压调节口13a的遮挡,推杆支撑部14可以与第二液压调节口13a间隔设置,或者说,活塞12位于内止点或外止点时,推杆支撑部14可以与第二液压调节口13a之间存在一定间隔,以便于第一液压腔16中的制动液可以不被遮挡的进出第二液压调节口13a。当然,推杆支撑部14也可以遮挡部分第二液压调节口13a。本申请实施例对此不作限定。
在本申请实施例中,将第一液压腔16的出液管路分段配置在推杆支撑部14对应第一液压调节口14a以及推杆13对应第二液压调节口13a上,这样,当活塞12位于活塞行程的内止点时,第一液压调节口14a与第二液压调节口13a的第二端连通,当活塞12位于活塞行程中除内止点之外的位置时,第一液压调节口14a与第二液压调节口13a的第二端不连通,即通过活塞12在活塞行程中的位置控制第一液压调节口14a与第二液压调节口13a的通断状态,避免了传统的液压调节装置中需要专门为第一液压腔16配置控制阀,以通过控制第一液压腔16的出液管路的通断,有利于减少液压调节单元中与液压调节装置配套使用的控制阀的数量,降低液压调节单元中的成本。
推杆13在经历长时间工作后可能发生旋转,相应地,设置在推杆13上的第二液压调节口13a也会发生旋转,此时,即使活塞12处于内止点,旋转后的第二液压调节口13a与第一液压调节口14a无法导通。例如,旋转后的第二液压调节口13a的出口可能被推杆支撑部14的内壁封堵,相应地,第一液压调节口14a被推杆13的外壁封堵。
为了避免上述问题,可以沿推杆13的外周设置具有一定的长度的第一导流槽13b,第一导流槽13b与第二液压调节口13a相连通,第一导流槽13b能够在推杆13发生旋转后,确保第二液压调节口13a与第一液压调节口14a之间保持连通。
可选地,第一导流槽13b可以是沿推杆13的外周的圆环状或半圆环状。当然,第一导流槽13b为沿推杆13的外周设置的半圆环形槽时,有利于减小第一导流槽13b对推杆13机械强度的影响。应理解,上述半圆环的弧长可以根据推杆13能够发生的最大旋转量来确定。
下文以图2所示的第一导流槽为例进行说明。图2是本申请实施例的液压调节装置的第一导流槽的结构示意图。其中,图2(b)是推杆13的主视图,图2(a)是图2(b)中A-A视角的截面图。
沿推杆13的外周可以开设第一导流槽13b,该导流槽沿着推杆13的周向设置,第二液压调节口13a与第一导流槽13b相连通,这样,当活塞12被移动到内止点时,第二液压调节口13a将通过第一导流槽13b与第一液压调节口14a相导通,从而能够实现快速减压。
由于第一导流槽13b沿着推杆13的外周设置,并且具有一定的长度,从而使得在推杆13发生旋转时,第一导流槽13b将始终和第一液压调节口14a相连通,而第二液压调节口13a也与第一导流槽13b相连通,即此时仍然能够保证第二液压调节口13a与第一液压调节口14a相互导通。
如图2(a)所示,第一导流槽13b为首尾相连的环形槽。这样,推杆13无论发生多大角度的旋转,将保证第一导流槽13b和第一液压调节口14a始终保持相互连通,且第一导流槽13b和第二液压调节口13a也始终保持相互连通,如此,第二液压调节口13a与第一液压调节口14a始终保持相互导通。
可选地,沿推杆支撑部14的内周设有圆环状或半圆环状的第二导流槽13c,第二导流槽13c与第一液压调节口14a连通。下文结合图3介绍本申请实施例的第二导流槽13c的结构。
图3是本申请实施例的液压调节装置的第二导流槽的示意图。如图3所示,第二导流槽13c可以设置于推杆支撑部14的内壁上,并且第二导流槽13b与第一液压调节口14a相连通。
第二导流槽13c可以沿着推杆支撑部14的内周设置,由于推杆支撑部14的内周始终包覆推杆13的外周,这样,即使推杆13发生旋转,位于推杆支撑部14的内周的第二导流槽13c与第二液压调节口13a也能连通,即第二液压调节口13a与第一液压调节口14a连通。
在本申请实施例中,通过将第二导流槽13c设置于推杆支撑部14上有利于减小对推杆13的机械强度的影响,防止推杆13长时间工作之后发生断裂。
上文结合图1至图3介绍了本申请实施例适用的液压调节装置,下文结合图4介绍传统的基于双向增压/减压的液压调节装置的双回路电液制动系统。
参见图4所示的双回路制动系统400包括具有双向增压/减压的液压调节装置10、第一液压腔16、第二液压腔17、第一制动管路110、第二制动管路120、第三制动管路130、第一控制阀111、第二控制阀121。
具有双向增压/减压的液压调节装置10,液压调节装置10包括第一液压腔16和第二液压腔17。
第二液压腔17分别连接至第一制动管路110以及第二制动管路120,第一制动管路110用于为制动系统中的第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力,第二制动管路120用于为制动系统中的第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力,其中,第一制动管路110中设置有第一控制阀111以控制第一制动管路110的通断状态,第二制动管路120中设置有第二控制阀121以控制第二制动管路120的通断状态。
第一液压腔16通过制动系统中的第三制动管路130与第二制动管路120相连,且第三制动管路130与第二制动管路120的接口与第二控制阀121的第二端相连,第一液压腔16通过第二制动管路120为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力,当第一控制阀111与第 二控制阀121均处于连通状态,第三制动管路130通过第二制动管路120与第一制动管路110连通,第一液压腔16通过第一制动管路110为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力,其中,第二控制阀121的第二端为第二控制阀121与制动系统中第二组制动轮缸26、27相连的一端。
然而,如图4所示的制动系统中,由于第三制动管路130与第二制动管路120的接口与第二控制阀121的第二端相连,在反向增压的过程中,只能通过控制第一控制阀111的通断,以控制第一液压腔16是否为第一制动轮缸28、29提供制动力,但是第二无法控制第一液压腔16是否为第二制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。这样,当为第二制动轮缸26、27提供制动力的制动回路(例如第二制动管路120)出现制动液泄露时,上述反向增压过程中制动液都会从泄露的制动回路流出制动系统,导致反向增压过程无法为整个制动系统进行建压,降低车辆的行车安全。
为了避免上述问题,本申请提供了一种新的液压调节单元,即将第三制动回路130与第二制动回路120的接口从第二控制阀121的第二端移动至第二控制阀121的第一端,这样,第二控制阀121可以控制第一液压腔16是否为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力,使得液压调节装置无论在正向增压的过程中还是反向增压的过程中,都可以对双回路制动系统中的任意一条制动回路进行单独增压。
图5是本申请实施例的液压调节单元的示意图。图5所示的液压调节单元500包括:具有双向增压功能的液压调节装置10、第一制动管路110、第二制动管路120、第三制动管路130、第一控制阀111以及第二控制阀121。
其中,具有双向增压功能的液压调节装置10,液压调节装置10包括第一液压腔16和第二液压腔17。
第二液压腔17与第四制动管路140相连,且第四制动管路140连通第一控制阀111的第一端与第二控制阀121的第一端,第一控制阀111位于第一制动管路110,用于控制阀第一制动管路110的通断状态;第二控制阀121位于第二控制管路120,用于控制第二制动管路120的通断状态;第一制动管路110用于调整第一组制动轮缸28、29中制动液的压力,第二制动管路120用于调整第二组制动轮缸26、27中制动液的压力。
第一液压腔16通过第三制动管路130与第四制动管路140连通。
上述第二控制阀121的第一端可以理解为在增压过程中,液压调节装置10中的制动液流进第二控制阀121的一端。相应地,液压调节装置10中的制动液流出第二控制阀121的一端可以称为第二控制阀121的第二端。
上述第一控制阀111的第一端可以理解为在增压过程中,液压调节装置10中的制动液流进第一控制阀111的一端。相应地,液压调节装置10中的制动液流出第一控制阀111的一端可以称为第一控制阀111的第二端。
在本申请实施例中,第二液压腔17或第一液压腔16通过设置有第一控制阀111的第一制动管路110为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力,并且通过设置有第二控制阀121的第二制动管路120为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力,有利于实现对第一制动管路110和第二制动管路120进行单独增压,提高了车辆的行车安全。避免了现有技术中,第一液压腔16无法通过第一制动管路110为第一组制动轮缸28、29单独增压。
另一方面,第一液压腔16和第二液压腔17可以复用第一控制阀111以及第二控制阀 121,以实现在双回路制动系统中为任意一条制动回路单独增压,有利于减少双回路制动系统中控制阀的数量,降低制动系统的成本。
再一方面,由于第四制动管路140连通第一控制阀111的第一端与第二控制阀121的第一端,因此,第一制动管路110和第二制动管路120中制动液的压力还可以通过第四制动管路实现压力均衡。
可选地,第一液压腔16通过第三制动管路130与第二制动管路120连通,其中,第三制动管路130与第二制动管路120的接口与第二控制阀121的第一端相连,且接口与第四制动管路140相连。
第三制动管路130与第二制动管路120的接口与第二控制阀121的第一端相连,且第三制动管路130与第二制动管路120的接口与第四制动管路140相连,可以理解为,第一液压腔16可以通过第三制动管路130连接到第二制动管路120,并通过第二制动管路120调整第二组制动轮缸26、27中制动液的压力的大小。第一液压腔16可以通过第三制动管路130连接到第四制动管路140,再通过第四制动管路140连接到第一制动管路110,并通过第一制动管路110调整第一组制动轮缸28、29中制动液的压力的大小。
可选地,上述第一组制动轮缸28、29可以包括汽车右前轮的制动轮缸和左前轮的制动轮缸,则上述第二组制动轮缸26、27可以包括汽车右后轮的制动轮缸和左后轮的制动轮缸,此时,上述液压制动单元可以理解为在汽车中呈H型布置。或者,上述第一组制动轮缸28、29可以包括汽车右前轮的制动轮缸和左后轮的制动轮缸,则上述第二组制动轮缸26、27可以包括汽车右后轮的制动轮缸和左前轮的制动轮缸,此时,上述液压制动单元可以理解为在汽车中呈X型布置。
如上文所述,第二液压腔17可以与第四制动管路140相连,在反向增压过程中,第三制动管路130中的一部分制动液通过第四制动管路140流至第一制动管路110,第三制动管路130中的另一部分制动液会通过第四制动管路140流至第二液压腔17,这样虽然可以减小第一液压腔16和第二液压腔17内制动液的压力差,以降低驱动装置15驱动活塞12运动的功耗,但是由于一部分制动液到了第二液压腔17内,可能会影响第一液压调节装置16为制动系统增压的效率。
为了避免上述问题,可以在第二液压腔17与第四制动管路140之间设置第三控制阀151或者单向阀152,以控制第三制动管路130中的制动液是否可以流至第二液压腔17。
参见图5,第二液压腔17通过第五制动管路150与第四制动管路140相连,第五制动管路150设置有第三控制阀151以控制第五制动管路150的通断。这样,在反向增压过程中,可以控制第三控制阀151处于断开状态以断开第五制动管路150,这样,第三制动管路130中的制动液可以通过第二制动管路120和/或第一制动管路110流至制动轮缸26、27、28、29中。当然,也可以在第五制动管路150上设置单向阀,以允许制动液从第二液压腔17中流至第四制动管路140,且阻断制动液从第四制动管路140流至第二液压腔17。
通常,为了避免第三控制阀151失效而处于断开状态,导致第二液压腔17无法为制动系统提供制动力,可以将上述第三控制阀151与单向阀152并联设置在第五制动管路中,或者说,将单向阀152并联于第三控制阀151的两端,单向阀152允许制动液从第二液压腔17流至第四制动管路140,且阻断制动液从第四制动管路140流至第二液压腔17。
在液压调节单元500中,若第三控制阀151失效而一直处于断开状态,则液压调节装置10无法为制动系统减压,限制了制动系统的冗余性能。为了提高制动系统的冗余性能,本申请实施例还提供一种液压调节单元600,即在第二液压腔17与第四制动管路140之间设置第六制动管路160以及第七制动管路170,以提高制动系统的冗余性能。
图6是本申请实施例的液压调节单元600的示意图。需要说明的是,图6所示的液压调节单元600中与液压调节单元500中功能相同的元件使用的编号相同,其具体功能可以参见上文的介绍,为了简洁,下文不再具体赘述。
第二液压腔17通过第六制动管路160与第一制动管路110相连,第六制动管路160上设置有第四控制阀161以控制第六制动管路160的通断;第二液压腔17通过第七制动管路170与第二制动管路120相连,第七制动管路170上设置有第五控制阀171以控制第七制动管路170的通断。
这样,当第四控制阀161或第五控制阀171中任意一个控制阀出现故障后,另一个正常工作的控制阀都可以辅助液压调节装置10,以为整个制动系统或者制动系统中的某一制动回路提供制动力。下文以卡滞故障为例进行介绍,其他形式的失效情况将在下文介绍制动系统时详细介绍。
当第四控制阀161或第五控制阀171卡滞故障,而一直处于断开状态,第四控制阀161和第五控制阀171中可以正常工作的控制阀依然可以配合液压调节装置10实现双向增压或减压功能。
例如,在第四控制阀161卡滞故障,而第五控制阀171正常工作的情况下,液压调节装置10要实现正向增压功能,可以控制第五控制阀171处于导通状态,这样第二液压腔17中的制动液可以通过第五控制阀171所在的第七制动管路170,流至第一制动管路110以及第二制动管路120,以为整个制动系统或者制动系统中的某一制动回路提供制动力。
又例如,在第五控制阀171卡滞故障,而第四控制阀161正常工作的情况下,液压调节装置10要实现正向增压功能,可以控制第四控制阀161处于导通状态,这样第二液压腔17中的制动液可以通过第四控制阀161所在的第六制动管路160,流至第一制动管路110以及第二制动管路120,以为整个制动系统或者制动系统中的某一制动回路提供制动力。
在本申请实施例中,第二液压腔17通过第六制动管路160与第一制动管路110相连,并通过第七制动管路170与第二制动管路120相连,通过第六制动管路160以及第七制动管路170相互形成冗余制动管路,以提高制动系统的冗余性能。
在液压调节单元600中,第一控制阀111和第四控制阀161一起控制第一组制动轮缸28、29对应的制动管路的通断,这样,当第四控制阀161故障时,第一控制阀111还可以配合液压调节装置10实现为整个制动系统的增压,或者为制动系统中的某一条制动回路提供制动力。相应地,第二控制阀121和第五控制阀171一起控制第二组制动轮缸26、27对应的制动管路的通断,这样,当第五控制阀171故障时,第二控制阀121还可以配合液压调节装置10实现为整个制动系统的增压,或者为制动系统中的某一条制动回路提供制动力。
上文结合图5和图6介绍了本申请实施例中液压调节装置与双回路制动系统之间的连接方式,下文结合图7和图8介绍液压调节装置与储液装置30之间的连接方式。应理解, 为了便于理解,下文以液压调节装置10为例,介绍液压调节装置10与储液装置30之间的连接方式。
连接方式一,第二液压腔17设置有与储液装置30相连的进液管路1 173,第一液压腔16未设置与储液装置30相连的进液管路。
图7是本申请实施例中储液装置30与液压调节装置10的连接方式一的示意图。如图7所示的液压调节单元700,进液管路1上设置有单向阀174,单向阀174允许进液管路1中的制动液从储液装置30流至第二液压腔17。第一液压腔16中的第一液压调节口(又称“出液口”)14a与第一出液管路180相连。
相应地,当第二控制阀121处于导通状态时,在液压调节装置10的正向增压模式下,第二液压腔17内的制动液一部分流入双回路制动系统,一部分通过第三制动管路130流至第一液压腔16,也就是说,在正向增压过程中,第一液压腔16的进液管路为第三制动管路130。
在减压过程中,随着活塞12的正向移动,双回路制动系统中的制动液被抽入第二液压腔17,当活塞12移动到内止点后,双回路制动系统中的剩余的制动液通过第一出液管路180流至储液装置30。
连接方式二,第一液压腔16设置有与储液装置30相连的进液管路2 190,第二液压腔17设置有与储液装置30相连的进液管路1 173。
图8是本申请实施例中储液装置30与液压调节装置10的连接方式二的示意图。如图8所示液压调节单元800,进液管路1上设置有单向阀174,单向阀174允许进液管路1中的制动液从储液装置30流至第二液压腔17。第一液压腔16中的第一液压调节口(又称“出液口”)14a与第一出液管路180相连。
进液管路2 190上设置有单向阀191,单向阀191允许进液管路2中的制动液从储液装置30流至第一液压腔16,阻止进液管路2中的制动液从第一液压腔16流至储液装置30。
相应地,当第二控制阀121处于导通状态时,在液压调节装置10的正向增压模式下,第二液压腔17内的制动液一部分流入双回路制动系统,一部分通过第二控制阀121流入第三制动管路130,并通过第三制动管路130流入第一液压腔16,也就是说,在正向增压过程中,第一液压腔16的进液管路为第三制动管路130。
在正向减压过程中,随着活塞12的正向移动,双回路制动系统中的制动液被抽入第二液压腔17,当活塞12移动到内止点后,双回路制动系统中的剩余的制动液通过第一出液管路180流至储液装置30。
连接方式三,第一液压腔16设置有与储液装置30相连的制动管路910,第二液压腔17设置有与储液装置30相连的进液管路1 173,其中,制动管路910可以作为第一液压腔16的进液管路或出液管路,其中液压调节装置是传统的液压调节装置,未设置第一液压调节口14a和第二液压调节口13a等。
图9是本申请实施例中储液装置30与液压调节装置913的连接方式三的示意图。需要说明的是,在液压调节单元900中示出了另一种液压调节装置913的结构。液压调节装置913的结构与液压调节装置10的结构略有差异,但是双向增压功能的实现方式类型,为了简洁,下文不再具体赘述。
如图9所示液压调节单元900,进液管路1 173上设置有单向阀174,单向阀174允许进液管路1中的制动液从储液装置30流至第二液压腔17。
第一液压腔16通过制动管路910与储液装置30相连,制动管路910上设置有控制阀912以控制制动管路910的通断,且在控制阀912的两端并联有单向阀911,单向阀911允许制动液从储液装置30流向第一液压腔16,阻断制动液从第一液压腔16流向储液装置30。
在正向增压过程中,可以控制控制阀912处于断开状态,储液装置30中的制动液通过单向阀911流至第一液压腔16,以减小第一液压腔16和第二液压腔17中制动液的压力差。
在反向增压过程中,可以控制控制阀912处于断开状态,储液装置30中的制动液通过单向阀911流至第一液压腔16,以通过第一液压腔16将制动液压入制动系统中的制动轮缸。
在液压调节单元900中,若单向阀911失效一直处于断开状态,则可以通过控制控制阀912的通断状态以配合液压调节装置实现双向增压功能。例如,当单向阀911失效一直处于断开状态,在正向增压过程中,可以控制控制阀912处于导通状态,以便于制动液从储液装置30流至第一液压腔16以减小第一液压腔16和第二液压腔17中制动液的压力差。又例如,当单向阀911失效一直处于断开状态,在反向增压过程中,可以控制控制阀912处于导通状态,以便于制动液从储液装置30流至第一液压腔16,以通过第一液压腔16将制动液压入制动系统中的制动轮缸。
上文结合图5至图9介绍了液压调节装置10与双回路制动管路之间的连接方式,以液压调节装置10与储液装置30之间的连接方式,上文所示的液压调节单元500至600可以与液压调节单元700至900任意结合。下文分别以液压调节单元500与液压调节单元800组合,液压调节单元500与液压调节单元900组合,液压调节单元600与液压调节单元800组合,液压调节单元600与液压调节单元900组合为例,介绍制动系统在多种失效情况下的冗余方案。
需要说明的是,在下文所示的制动系统中,也可以实现驾驶员通过踩踏制动踏板触发的人工制动模式、驾驶员通过踩踏制动踏板触发的线控制动模式以及自动驾驶场景中的无人驾驶制动模式。其人工制动模式下的制动过程原理与现有的制动系统中的人工制动模式下的制动过程类似,为了简洁,不再具体赘述。下文主要介绍制动系统在多种失效模式下的冗余方案。
为了便于理解,先介绍制动系统中常见的4种失效模式。泄露失效模式一,制动系统中的制动回路发生制动液泄露;卡滞失效模式二,制动系统中的一个或多个控制阀卡滞故障,导致发生卡滞故障的控制阀一直处于断开状态;连通失效模式三,制动系统中的一个或多个控制阀连通故障,导致发生连通故障的控制阀一直处于连通状态。复合失效模式四,制动系统中的失效模式包含上述三种失效模式中的任意两种失效模式。
下文结合图10介绍液压调节单元500与液压调节单元800组合形成的制动系统1000。图10是本申请实施例的制动系统的示意图。制动系统1000中主缸增压调节单元1010实现的功能即为需要驾驶员参与的人工制动模式以及线控制动模式。
主缸增压调节单元1010,驾驶员通过踩踏制动踏板1019将制动主缸1017中的制动 液通过控制阀1013所在的制动管路流入踏板感觉模拟器1012。在线控制动模式下,控制阀1015和控制阀1016处于断开状态,相应地,液压调节装置10基于踏板行程传感器1018检测到的踏板行程,或者压力传感器1014检测到的制动液的压力,为双回路制动系统提供制动力。在人工制动模式下,控制阀1015和控制阀1016处于连通状态,制动液通过制动管路162和制动管路150为制动轮缸26、27、28、29提供制动力。
液压调节装置10在双向增压模式下,可以分为正向增压过程和反向增压过程。
在正向增压过程中,第一控制阀111、第二控制阀121、以及制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的进液阀1020处于导通状态,控制阀1015、控制阀1016、以及制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的出液阀1030以及第三控制阀151处于断开状态。
当驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积,以将第二液压腔17中的制动液分别通过第一制动管110、第二制动管路120压入制动管路163和制动管路162,并通过制动管路163压入制动轮缸28、29,通过制动管路162压入制动轮缸26、27。
在活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积的过程中,一部分制动液还可以通过第三制动管路130进入第一液压腔16,以对第一液压腔16进行补液,减小驱动装置15驱动活塞12的驱动力。另外,储液装置30中的制动液还可以通过进液管路2 190进入第一液压腔16,以对第一液压腔16进行补液,减小驱动装置15驱动活塞12的驱动力。
在反向增压过程中,第一控制阀111、第二控制阀121、以及制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的进液阀1020处于导通状态,控制阀1015、控制阀1016、制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的出液阀1030以及第三控制阀151处于断开状态。
当驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积,以将第一液压腔16中的一部分制动液通过连通的第三制动管130与第四制动管路140压入第一制动管路110,再由第一制动管路110流至制动管路162,以为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。在制动液流经第四制动管路140的过程中,由于第三控制阀151处于断开状态,因此会阻断第四制动管路140中的制动液通过第五制动管路150流入第二液压腔17,有利于提高反向增压的效率。
第一液压腔16中的另一部分制动液通过连通的第三制动管130与第二制动管路120进入第二制动管路120,并通过第二控制阀121进入第一制动管路110,最终通过制动管路163为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。
另外,储液装置30中的制动液还可以通过进液管路1 173进入第二液压腔17,以对第二液压腔17进行补液,减小第二液压腔17与第一液压腔16中制动液的压力,以减小驱动装置15驱动活塞12的驱动力。
液压调节装置10在减压过程中,控制阀1015、控制阀1016、制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的进液阀1020以及制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的出液阀1030处于断开状态,第三控制阀151、第一控制阀111以及第二控制阀121处于导通状态。
当驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积,以将制动轮缸26、27、28、29中的制动液分别通过第一制动管路110以及第二制动管路120抽入第二液压腔17,并存储在第二液压腔17中。
当活塞12移动至活塞行程的内止点后,第二液压腔17的容积最大,此时,第二液压腔17无法容纳更多的制动液,第一组制动轮缸28、29中剩余的制动液可以继续通过第一 制动管路110流至第四制动管路140,并通过第四制动管路140流至第三制动管路130,通过第三制动管路130、第一液压腔16流至第一出液管路180,最终通过第一出液管路180流入储液装置30。
相应地,第二组制动轮缸26、27中剩余的制动液可以通过第二制动管路120流至第三制动管路130,并通过第三制动管路130流入第二液压腔16,并通过第一出液管路180流入储液装置30。
下文结合上文中介绍的4种失效模式,介绍制动系统1000在各个失效模式下的冗余性能。
一、在泄露失效模式下,制动系统1000可以执行基于液压调节装置的单回路制动的冗余制动方案。
假设制动回路1040失效,液压调节装置10可以通过双向增压过程为制动回路1050提供制动力。
此种情况下,第二控制阀121、控制阀1015、控制阀1016、以及制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的出液阀1030处于断开状态,第三控制阀151、第一控制阀111处于导通状态。
需要说明的是,此时制动轮缸28、29对应的出液阀1030的通断状态,不影响制动系统的制动性能。
在正向增压过程中,当驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积,以将第二液压腔17中的制动液通过第一制动管110压入制动管路163,并通过制动管路163压入制动轮缸28、29。第二制动管路120中由于第二控制阀121处于断开状态,因此,第二液压腔17中的制动液无法通过第二制动管路120。
另外,在活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积的过程中,第一液压腔16的容积增大,储液装置30中的制动液可以通过进液管路2 190进入第一液压腔16,以对第一液压腔16进行补液,减小驱动装置15驱动活塞12的驱动力。
在反向增压过程中,需要控制第三控制阀151处于断开状态,当驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积,以将第一液压腔16中的制动液通过第一制动管110压入制动管路163,并通过制动管路163为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。第二制动管路120中由于第二控制阀121处于断开状态,因此,第一液压腔16中的制动液无法通过第二制动管路120流至制动管路162。
假设制动回路1050失效,液压调节装置10可以通过双向增压过程为制动回路1040提供制动力。
此种情况下,第一控制阀111、控制阀1015、控制阀1016、以及制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的出液阀1030处于断开状态,第三控制阀151、第二控制阀121处于导通状态。需要说明的是,此时制动轮缸26、27对应的出液阀1030的通断状态,不影响制动系统的制动性能。
在正向增压过程中,驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积,以将第二液压腔17中的制动液通过第二制动管120压入制动管路162,并通过制动管路162压入制动轮缸26、27。第一制动管路110中由于第一控制阀111处于断开状态,因此,第二液压腔17中的制动液无法通过第一制动管路110。
另外,在活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积的过程中,第一液压腔16的容积增大,储液装置30中的制动液可以通过进液管路2 190进入第一液压腔16,以对第一液压腔16进行补液,减小驱动装置15驱动活塞12的驱动力。另外,第一液压腔16的容积增大,第二制动管路120中的一部分制动液还可以通过第三制动管路130进入第一液压腔16,以对第一液压腔16进行补液,减小驱动装置15驱动活塞12的驱动力。
在反向增压过程中,需要控制第三控制阀151处于断开状态,当驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积,以将第一液压腔16中的制动液通过第一制动管110压入制动管路163,并通过制动管路163为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。第二制动管路120中由于第二控制阀121处于断开状态,因此,第一液压腔16中的制动液无法通过第二制动管路120流至制动管路162。
另外,在活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积的过程中,第二液压腔17的容积增大,储液装置30中的制动液可以通过进液管路1 173进入第二液压腔17,以对第二液压腔17进行补液,减小驱动装置15驱动活塞12的驱动力。
二、在控制阀卡滞失效模式下,制动系统1000可以执行基于液压调节装置的单回路制动的冗余制动方案。
假设第三控制阀151卡滞失效,液压调节装置10仍然可以通过双向增压过程为制动回路1050和/或制动回路1040提供制动力。此种情况下,在正向增压的过程中,第二液压腔17中的制动液可以通过单向阀152流至第四制动管路140,并基于第一控制阀111和第二控制阀121的通断状态,确定是否为第一组制动轮缸28、29或第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。
相应地,第三控制阀151的卡滞失效不会影响液压调节装置10的反向增压过程,其反向增压过程如上文所述,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。
假设第一控制阀111卡滞失效,且第二控制阀121正常工作,液压调节装置10仍然可以通过双向增压过程为制动回路1040提供制动力。此种情况下,控制第二控制阀121处于导通状态,在正向增压的过程中,第二液压腔17中的制动液可以通过单向阀152流至第四制动管路140,并通过第二控制阀121流至制动管路162,通过制动管路162为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。
相应地,在反向增压过程中,第一液压腔16中的制动液可以通过第三制动管路130流至第四制动管路140,并通过第二控制阀121流至制动管路162,通过制动管路162为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。
假设第二控制阀121卡滞失效,且第一控制阀111正常工作,液压调节装置10仍然可以通过双向增压过程为制动回路1050提供制动力。此种情况下,控制第一控制阀111处于导通状态,在正向增压的过程中,第二液压腔17中的制动液可以通过单向阀152流至第四制动管路140,并通过第一控制阀111流至制动管路163,通过制动管路163为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。
相应地,在反向增压过程中,第一液压腔16中的制动液可以通过第三制动管路130流至第四制动管路140,并通过第一控制阀111流至制动管路163,通过制动管路163为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。
三、在控制阀连通失效模式下,处于连通失效模式的控制阀无法处于断开模式,因此, 只能持续的通过故障的控制阀为制动系统提供制动力。
假设第一控制阀111连通失效,且第二控制阀121正常工作,液压调节装置10无法控制第一控制阀111处于断开状态,因此,只能通过控制第二控制阀121,确定是否为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。
假设第二控制阀121连通失效,且第一控制阀111正常工作,液压调节装置10无法控制第二控制阀121处于断开状态,因此,只能通过控制第一控制阀111,确定是否为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。
假设第三控制阀151连通失效,且第一控制阀111和第二控制阀121正常工作,则液压调节装置10在双向增压过程中,都可以基于第一控制阀111和第二控制阀121的通断,确定为制动回路1040和/或制动回路1050提供制动力。但是,在反向增压的过程中,由于第三控制阀151连通失效,导致第一液压腔16中的制动液流至第四制动管路140后,会通过第五制动管路流至第二液压腔17,在一定程度上会降低反向增压的效率。
四、在复合失效模式下,制动系统1000可以执行基于液压调节装置的单回路制动的冗余制动方案。
假设第一控制阀111或第二控制阀121处于连通失效模式,且处于连通失效模式的控制阀对应的制动回路出现泄漏,则制动系统1000可以通过人工制动模式,对未泄露的制动回路进行制动。
例如,第一控制阀111处于连通失效模式,且制动回路1050出现泄漏,则可以控制控制阀1016和第二控制阀121处于断开状态,控制控制阀1015处于连通状态,这样,制动主缸1017中的制动液可以通过制动管路162流至第二组制动轮缸26、27。
又例如,第二控制阀121处于连通失效模式,且制动回路26、27出现泄漏,则可以控制控制阀1015和第一控制阀111处于断开状态,控制控制阀1016处于连通状态,这样,制动主缸1017中的制动液可以通过制动管路163流至第一组制动轮缸28、29。
需要说明的是,只要第一控制阀111和第二控制阀121未同时出现卡滞失效,则液压调节装置10可以为整个制动系统进行减压。
下文结合图11介绍液压调节单元500与液压调节单元900组合形成的制动系统1100。图11是本申请实施例的制动系统的示意图。制动系统1100中主缸增压调节单元1010实现的功能即为需要驾驶员参与的人工制动模式以及线控制动模式。
主缸增压调节单元1010,驾驶员通过踩踏制动踏板1019将制动主缸1017中的制动液通过控制阀1013所在的制动管路流入踏板感觉模拟器1012。在线控制动模式下,控制阀1015和控制阀1016处于断开状态,相应地,液压调节装置913基于踏板行程传感器1018检测到的踏板行程,或者压力传感器1014检测到的制动液的压力,为双回路制动系统提供制动力。在人工制动模式下,控制阀1015和控制阀1016处于连通状态,制动液通过制动管路162和制动管路150为制动轮缸26、27、28、29提供制动力。
液压调节装置913在双向增压模式下,可以分为正向增压过程和反向增压过程。
在正向增压过程中,第一控制阀111、第二控制阀121、以及制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的进液阀1020处于导通状态,控制阀1015、控制阀1016、以及制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的出液阀1030以及第三控制阀151处于断开状态。
当驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积,以将第二液压腔17中的制动 液分别通过第一制动管110、第二制动管路120压入制动管路163和制动管路162,并通过制动管路163压入制动轮缸28、29,通过制动管路162压入制动轮缸26、27。
在活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积的过程中,一部分制动液还可以通过第三制动管路130进入第一液压腔16,以对第一液压腔16进行补液,减小驱动装置15驱动活塞12的驱动力。另外,储液装置30中的制动液还可以通过进液管路2 190进入第一液压腔16,以对第一液压腔16进行补液,减小驱动装置15驱动活塞12的驱动力。
在反向增压过程中,第一控制阀111、第二控制阀121、以及制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的进液阀1020处于导通状态,控制阀1015、控制阀1016、制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的出液阀1030以及第三控制阀151处于断开状态。
当驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积,以将第一液压腔16中的一部分制动液通过连通的第三制动管130与第四制动管路140压入第一制动管路110,再由第一制动管路110流至制动管路162,以为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。在制动液流经第四制动管路140的过程中,由于第三控制阀151处于断开状态,因此会阻断第四制动管路140中的制动液通过第五制动管路150流入第二液压腔17,有利于提高反向增压的效率。
第一液压腔16中的另一部分制动液通过连通的第三制动管130与第二制动管路120进入第二制动管路120,并通过第二控制阀121进入第一制动管路110,最终通过制动管路163为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。
另外,储液装置30中的制动液还可以通过进液管路1 173进入第二液压腔17,以对第二液压腔17进行补液,减小第二液压腔17与第一液压腔16中制动液的压力,以减小驱动装置15驱动活塞12的驱动力。
液压调节装置913在减压过程中,控制阀1015、控制阀1016、制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的进液阀1020以及制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的出液阀1030处于断开状态,第三控制阀151、第一控制阀111、控制阀912以及第二控制阀121处于导通状态。
当驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积,以将制动轮缸26、27、28、29中的一部分制动液分别通过第一制动管路110以及第二制动管路120抽入第二液压腔17,并存储在第二液压腔17中。
同时,制动轮缸26、27、28、29中的另一部分制动液在通过第二制动管路120,或者通过第四制动管路140之后,会通过第三制动管路130流至第一液压腔16,并通过制动管路910流至储液装置30。
需要说明的是,在上述基于液压调节装置913的减压过程中,由于第一液压腔16和第二液压腔17之间存在压力差,存储第二液压腔17中的至少部分制动液也会通过第三制动管路130流至第一液压腔16,并通过制动管路910流至储液装置30。
下文结合上文中介绍的4种失效模式,介绍制动系统1100在各个失效模式下的冗余性能。
一、在泄露失效模式下,制动系统1100可以执行基于液压调节装置的单回路制动的冗余制动方案。
假设制动回路1040失效,液压调节装置913可以通过双向增压过程为制动回路1050提供制动力。
此种情况下,第二控制阀121、控制阀1015、控制阀1016、以及制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的出液阀1030处于断开状态,第三控制阀151、第一控制阀111处于导通状态。
需要说明的是,此时制动轮缸28、29对应的出液阀1030的通断状态,不影响制动系统的制动性能。
在正向增压过程中,当驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积,以将第二液压腔17中的制动液通过第一制动管110压入制动管路163,并通过制动管路163压入制动轮缸28、29。第二制动管路120中由于第二控制阀121处于断开状态,因此,第二液压腔17中的制动液无法通过第二制动管路120。
在活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积的过程中,第一液压腔16的容积增大,储液装置30中的制动液可以通过制动管路910进入第一液压腔16,以对第一液压腔16进行补液,减小驱动装置15驱动活塞12的驱动力。
在反向增压过程中,需要控制第三控制阀151处于断开状态,当驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积,以将第一液压腔16中的制动液通过第一制动管110压入制动管路163,并通过制动管路163为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。第二制动管路120中由于第二控制阀121处于断开状态,因此,第一液压腔16中的制动液无法通过第二制动管路120流至制动管路162。
另外,在活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积的过程中,第二液压腔17的容积增大,储液装置30中的制动液可以通过进液管路1 173进入第二液压腔17,以对第二液压腔17进行补液,减小驱动装置15驱动活塞12的驱动力。
假设制动回路1050失效,液压调节装置913可以通过双向增压过程为制动回路1040提供制动力。
此种情况下,第一控制阀111、控制阀1015、控制阀1016、以及制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的出液阀1030处于断开状态,第三控制阀151、第二控制阀121处于导通状态。需要说明的是,此时制动轮缸26、27对应的出液阀1030的通断状态,不影响制动系统的制动性能。
在正向增压过程中,驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积,以将第二液压腔17中的制动液通过第二制动管120压入制动管路162,并通过制动管路162压入制动轮缸26、27。第一制动管路110中由于第一控制阀111处于断开状态,因此,第二液压腔17中的制动液无法通过第一制动管路110。
另外,在活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积的过程中,第一液压腔16的容积增大,储液装置30中的制动液可以通过制动管路910进入第一液压腔16,以对第一液压腔16进行补液,减小驱动装置15驱动活塞12的驱动力。另外,第一液压腔16的容积增大,第二制动管路120中的一部分制动液还可以通过第三制动管路130进入第一液压腔16,以对第一液压腔16进行补液,减小驱动装置15驱动活塞12的驱动力。
在反向增压过程中,需要控制第三控制阀151处于断开状态,当驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积,以将第一液压腔16中的制动液通过第三制动管路130压入第二制动管路120,并通过第二制动管路120流至制动管路163,为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。第二制动管路120中由于第二控制阀121处于断开状态,因此,第 一液压腔16中的制动液无法通过第二制动管路120流至制动管路162。
另外,在活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积的过程中,第二液压腔17的容积增大,储液装置30中的制动液可以通过进液管路1 173进入第二液压腔17,以对第二液压腔17进行补液,减小驱动装置15驱动活塞12的驱动力。
二、在控制阀卡滞失效模式下,制动系统1100可以执行基于液压调节装置的单回路制动的冗余制动方案。
假设第三控制阀151卡滞失效,液压调节装置913仍然可以通过双向增压过程为制动回路1050和/或制动回路1040提供制动力。此种情况下,在正向增压的过程中,第二液压腔17中的制动液可以通过单向阀152流至第四制动管路140,并基于第一控制阀111和第二控制阀121的通断状态,确定是否为第一组制动轮缸28、29或第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。
相应地,第三控制阀151的卡滞失效不会影响液压调节装置913的反向增压过程,其反向增压过程如上文所述,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。
假设第一控制阀111卡滞失效,且第二控制阀121正常工作,液压调节装置913仍然可以通过双向增压过程为制动回路1040提供制动力。此种情况下,控制第二控制阀121处于导通状态,在正向增压的过程中,第二液压腔17中的制动液可以通过单向阀152流至第四制动管路140,并通过第二控制阀121流至制动管路162,通过制动管路162为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。
相应地,在反向增压过程中,第一液压腔16中的制动液可以通过第三制动管路130流至第四制动管路140,并通过第二控制阀121流至制动管路162,通过制动管路162为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。
假设第二控制阀121卡滞失效,且第一控制阀111正常工作,液压调节装置913仍然可以通过双向增压过程为制动回路1050提供制动力。此种情况下,控制第一控制阀111处于导通状态,在正向增压的过程中,第二液压腔17中的制动液可以通过单向阀152流至第四制动管路140,并通过第一控制阀111流至制动管路163,通过制动管路163为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。
相应地,在反向增压过程中,第一液压腔16中的制动液可以通过第三制动管路130流至第四制动管路140,并通过第一控制阀111流至制动管路163,通过制动管路163为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。
三、在控制阀连通失效模式下,处于连通失效模式的控制阀无法处于断开模式,因此,只能持续的通过故障的控制阀为制动系统提供制动力。
假设第一控制阀111连通失效,且第二控制阀121正常工作,液压调节装置913无法控制第一控制阀111处于断开状态,因此,只能通过控制第二控制阀121,确定是否为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。
假设第二控制阀121连通失效,且第一控制阀111正常工作,液压调节装置913无法控制第二控制阀121处于断开状态,因此,只能通过控制第一控制阀111,确定是否为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。
假设第三控制阀151连通失效,且第一控制阀111和第二控制阀121正常工作,则液压调节装置913在双向增压过程中,都可以基于第一控制阀111和第二控制阀121的通断, 确定为制动回路1040和/或制动回路1050提供制动力。但是,在反向增压的过程中,由于第三控制阀151连通失效,导致第一液压腔16中的制动液流至第四制动管路140后,会通过第五制动管路流至第二液压腔17,在一定程度上会降低反向增压的效率。
四、在复合失效模式下,制动系统1100可以执行基于液压调节装置的单回路制动的冗余制动方案。
假设第一控制阀111或第二控制阀121处于连通失效模式,且处于连通失效模式的控制阀对应的制动回路出现泄漏,则制动系统1100可以通过人工制动模式,对未泄露的制动回路进行制动。
例如,第一控制阀111处于连通失效模式,且制动回路1050出现泄漏,则可以控制控制阀1016和第二控制阀121处于断开状态,控制控制阀1015处于连通状态,这样,制动主缸1017中的制动液可以通过制动管路162流至第二组制动轮缸26、27。
又例如,第二控制阀121处于连通失效模式,且制动回路26、27出现泄漏,则可以控制控制阀1015和第一控制阀111处于断开状态,控制控制阀1016处于连通状态,这样,制动主缸1017中的制动液可以通过制动管路163流至第一组制动轮缸28、29。
需要说明的是,只要第一控制阀111和第二控制阀121未同时出现卡滞失效,则液压调节装置913可以为整个制动系统进行减压。
下文结合图12介绍液压调节单元600与液压调节单元800组合形成的制动系统1200。图12是本申请实施例的制动系统的示意图。图12所示的制动系统1200中主缸增压调节单元1010实现的功能与图10所示的液压调节单元1010实现的功能相同,为了简洁,下文不再赘述。
液压调节装置10在双向增压模式下,可以分为正向增压过程和反向增压过程。
在正向增压过程中,第一控制阀111、第二控制阀121、第四控制阀161、第五控制阀171以及制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的进液阀1120处于导通状态,控制阀1015、控制阀1016、以及制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的出液阀1130处于断开状态。
当驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积,以将第二液压腔17中的制动液分别通过第一制动管110、第二制动管路120压入制动管路163和制动管路162,并通过制动管路163压入制动轮缸28、29,通过制动管路162压入制动轮缸26、27。
在活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积的过程中,储液装置30中的制动液可以通过进液管路2 190进入第一液压腔16,以对第一液压腔16进行补液,减小驱动装置15驱动活塞12的驱动力。另外,由于第五控制阀131处于断开状态,第二制动管路120中的制动液无法通过第三制动管路130进入第一液压腔16。
在反向增压过程中,第一控制阀111、第二控制阀121以及制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的进液阀1120处于导通状态,控制阀1015、控制阀1016、第四控制阀161、第五控制阀171以及制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的出液阀1130处于断开状态。
当驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积,以将第一液压腔16中的一部分制动液通过连通的第三制动管130、第二制动管路120压入制动管路162,以为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。
第一液压腔16中的另一部分制动液通过连通的第三制动管130、第四制动管路140进入第一制动管路110,并通过第一制动管路110进入制动管路163,为第一组制动轮缸 28、29提供制动力。由于第四控制阀161以及第五控制阀171处于断开状态,因此会阻断制动液通过第五制动管路150和第六制动管路160流入第二液压腔17。
另外,储液装置30中的制动液还可以通过进液管路2 173进入第二液压腔17,以对第二液压腔17进行补液,减小第一液压腔16和第二液压腔17中制动液的压力差,减小驱动装置15驱动活塞12的驱动力。
液压调节装置10在正向减压过程中,控制阀1015、控制阀1016、制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的进液阀1120以及制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的出液阀1130处于断开状态,第一控制阀111、第二控制阀121、第四控制阀161以及第五控制阀171处于导通状态。
当驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积,以将制动轮缸26、27、28、29中的制动液分别通过第一制动管路110以及第二制动管路120抽入第二液压腔17,并存储在第二液压腔17中。
当活塞12移动至活塞行程的内止点后,第二液压腔17的容积最大,此时,第二液压腔17无法容纳更多的制动液,制动轮缸26、27、28、29中剩余的制动液可以继续通过第三制动管路130流至第一液压腔16,由于活塞12移动至活塞行程的内止点,第二液压腔16内的制动液可以通过第一出液管路180流入储液装置30。
下文结合上文中介绍的4种失效模式,介绍制动系统1100在各个失效模式下的冗余性能。
一、在制动回路的泄露失效模式下,制动系统1200可以执行基于液压调节装置的单回路制动的冗余制动方案。
液压调节装置10在单回路制动的双向增压模式下,假设制动回路1140失效,液压调节装置10需要通过制动回路1150为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。
此种情况下,第二控制阀121、控制阀1015、控制阀1016、以及制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的出液阀1130处于断开状态,第四控制阀161、第五控制阀171、第一控制阀111以及制动轮缸28、29对应的出液阀1130处于导通状态。
在正向增压过程中,当驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积,以将第二液压腔17中的一部分制动液通过第六制动管路160压入第一制动管路110,再通过第一制动管路110压入制动管路163,以为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。第二液压腔17中的另一部分制动液通过第七制动管路170压入第四制动管路140,再通过第四制动管路140进入第一制动管路110,以通过制动管路163为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。第二制动管路120中由于第二控制阀121处于断开状态,因此,第二液压腔17中的制动液无法通过第二制动管路120。
另外,在活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积的过程中,第一液压腔16的容积增大,储液装置30中的制动液可以通过进液管路2 190进入第一液压腔16,以对第一液压腔16进行补液,减小驱动装置15驱动活塞12的驱动力。
在反向增压过程中,控制第四控制阀161和第五控制阀171处于断开状态,当驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积,以将第一液压腔16中的一部分制动液通过第三制动管路130压入第四制动管路140,并通过第四制动管路140进入第一制动管路110,再通过第一制动管路110压入制动管路163,以为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动 力。由于,第四控制阀161、第五控制阀171以及第二控制阀121处于断开状态,因此,第一液压腔16中的制动液无法通过第二制动管路120。
另外,在活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积的过程中,第二液压腔17的容积增大,储液装置30中的制动液可以通过进液管路1 173进入第二液压腔17,以对第二液压腔17进行补液,减小驱动装置15驱动活塞12的驱动力。
液压调节装置10在单回路制动的双向增压模式下,假设制动回路1150失效,液压调节装置10需要通过制动回路1140为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。
此种情况下,第一控制阀111、控制阀1015、控制阀1016、以及制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的出液阀1130处于断开状态,第五控制阀171、第四控制阀161、第二控制阀121处于导通状态。
驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积,以将第二液压腔17中的制动液通过第二制动管120压入制动管路162,并通过制动管路162压入制动轮缸26、27。第一制动管路110中由于第一控制阀111处于断开状态,因此,第二液压腔17中的制动液无法通过第一制动管路110。
在正向增压过程中,当驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积,以将第二液压腔17中的一部分制动液通过第七制动管路170压入第二制动管路120,再通过第二制动管路120压入制动管路162,以为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。第二液压腔17中的另一部分制动液通过第六制动管路160压入第四制动管路140,再通过第四制动管路140进入第二制动管路120,以通过制动管路162为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。第一制动管路110中由于第一控制阀111处于断开状态,因此,第二液压腔17中的制动液无法通过第一制动管路110。
另外,在活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积的过程中,第一液压腔16的容积增大,储液装置30中的制动液可以通过进液管路2 190进入第一液压腔16,以对第一液压腔16进行补液,减小驱动装置15驱动活塞12的驱动力。
在反向增压过程中,控制第四控制阀161和第五控制阀171处于断开状态,当驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积,以将第一液压腔16中的一部分制动液通过第三制动管路130压入第二制动管路120,再通过第二制动管路120压入制动管路162,以为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。由于,第四控制阀161、第五控制阀171以及第一控制阀111处于断开状态,因此,第一液压腔16中的制动液无法通过第一制动管路110。
另外,在活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积的过程中,第二液压腔17的容积增大,储液装置30中的制动液可以通过进液管路1 173进入第二液压腔17,以对第二液压腔17进行补液,减小驱动装置15驱动活塞12的驱动力。
上文介绍了制动系统中某一制动回路出现泄露失效后,制动系统的冗余方案。当第一控制阀111、第二控制阀121、第四控制阀161以及第五控制阀171中某一个出现泄露失效时,可以通过人工制动对未发生泄露失效的控制阀所在的制动回路进行控制。
例如,当第一控制阀111和/或第四控制阀161泄露失效时,可以控制控制阀1015处于导通状态,控制阀1016处于断开状态,由制动主缸1017将制动液压入制动管路162,以为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。
又例如,当第二控制阀121和/或第五控制阀171泄露失效时,可以控制控制阀1016处于导通状态,控制阀1015处于导通状态,由制动主缸1017将制动液压入制动管路163,以为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。
二、在控制阀卡滞失效模式下,制动系统1200可以执行基于液压调节装置的冗余制动方案。需要说明的是,当第四控制阀161或第五控制阀171卡滞失效时,液压调节装置仍然可以通过双向增压模式为制动轮缸26、27、28、29提供制动力。当第一控制阀111或第二控制阀121卡滞失效时,液压调节装置只能通过正常工作的控制阀为制动系统提供单回路制动方案。
假设第四控制阀161卡滞失效,在正向增压的过程中,第二液压腔17中的一部分制动液可以通过第七制动管路170流至第二制动管路120,并通过第二制动管路120流至制动管路162,以为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。第二液压腔17中的另一部分制动液通过第七制动管路170流至第四制动管路140,并通过第四制动管路140流至第一制动管路110,再通过第一制动管路110流至制动管路163,以为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。
在反向增压的过程中,第一液压腔16中的一部分制动液可以通过第三制动管路130流至第二制动管路120,并通过第二制动管路120流至制动管路162,以为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。第一液压腔16中的另一部分制动液通过第三制动管路130流至第四制动管路140,并通过第四制动管路140流至第一制动管路110,再通过第一制动管路110流至制动管路163,以为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。
假设第五控制阀171卡滞失效,在正向增压的过程中,第二液压腔17中的一部分制动液可以通过第六制动管路160流至第一制动管路110,并通过第一制动管路110流至制动管路163,以为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。第二液压腔17中的另一部分制动液通过第六制动管路160流至第四制动管路140,并通过第四制动管路140流至第二制动管路120,再通过第二制动管路120流至制动管路162,以为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。
在反向增压的过程中,第一液压腔16中的一部分制动液可以通过第三制动管路130流至第二制动管路120,并通过第二制动管路120流至制动管路162,以为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。第一液压腔16中的另一部分制动液通过第三制动管路130流至第四制动管路140,并通过第四制动管路140流至第一制动管路110,再通过第一制动管路110流至制动管路163,以为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。
假设第一控制阀111卡滞失效,液压调节装置10可以通过双向增压过程为制动回路1040提供制动力。在正向增压的过程中,第二液压腔17中的一部分制动液可以通过第六制动管路160流至第四制动管路140,并通过第四制动管路140流至第二制动管路120,再通过第二制动管路120流至制动管路162,以为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。第二液压腔17中的另一部分制动液通过第七制动管路170流至第二制动管路120,再通过第二制动管路120流至制动管路162,以为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。
在反向增压过程中,第一液压腔16中的制动液可以通过第三制动管路130流至第二制动管路120,并通过第二控制阀121流至制动管路162,通过制动管路162为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。
假设第二控制阀121卡滞失效,液压调节装置10可以通过双向增压过程为制动回路1050提供制动力。在正向增压的过程中,第二液压腔17中的一部分制动液可以通过第七制动管路170流至第四制动管路140,并通过第四制动管路140流至第一制动管路110,再通过第一制动管路110流至制动管路163,以为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。第二液压腔17中的另一部分制动液通过第六制动管路160流至第一制动管路110,再通过第一制动管路110流至制动管路163,以为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。
在反向增压过程中,第一液压腔16中的制动液可以通过第三制动管路130流至第四制动管路140,并通过第一控制阀111流至制动管路163,通过制动管路163为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。
三、在控制阀连通失效模式下,处于连通失效的控制阀一直处于连通状态,并不会阻断制动液的流动,因此,第一控制阀111、第二控制阀121、第四控制阀161以及第五控制阀171中一个或多个控制阀连通失效时,并不会影响液压调节装置10的双向增压功能,或者减压功能的实现。然而,若第四控制阀161和/或第五控制阀171连通失效,在反向增压过程中,由于第一液压腔16中的制动液可以通过连通失效的控制阀流至第二液压腔17,在一定程度上有可能影响反向增压过程的效率。
需要说明的是,上述在控制阀连通失效模式下双向增压过程、减压过程与该制动系统中控制阀正常工作的情况下的双向增压过程、减压过程类似,为了简洁,在此不再具体赘述。
四、在复合失效模式下,制动系统1200可以执行基于液压调节装置的单回路制动的冗余制动方案。
假设第一控制阀111或第二控制阀121处于连通失效模式,且处于连通失效模式的控制阀对应的制动回路出现泄漏,则制动系统1200可以通过人工制动模式,对未泄露的制动回路进行制动。
例如,第一控制阀111处于连通失效模式,且制动回路1050出现泄漏,则可以控制控制阀1016和第二控制阀121处于断开状态,控制控制阀1015处于连通状态,这样,制动主缸1017中的制动液可以通过制动管路162流至第二组制动轮缸26、27。
又例如,第二控制阀121处于连通失效模式,且制动回路1040出现泄漏,则可以控制控制阀1015和第一控制阀111处于断开状态,控制控制阀1016处于连通状态,这样,制动主缸1017中的制动液可以通过制动管路163流至第一组制动轮缸28、29。
需要说明的是,只要第一控制阀111和第二控制阀121未同时出现卡滞失效,则液压调节装置10可以为整个制动系统进行减压。
下文结合图13介绍液压调节单元600与液压调节单元900组合形成的制动系统1300。图13是本申请实施例的制动系统的示意图。图13所示的制动系统1300中主缸增压调节单元1010实现的功能与图10所示的液压调节单元1010实现的功能相同,为了简洁,下文不再赘述。
液压调节装置913在双向增压模式下,可以分为正向增压过程和反向增压过程。
在正向增压过程中,第一控制阀111、第二控制阀121、第四控制阀161、第五控制阀171以及制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的进液阀1120处于导通状态,控制阀1015、控制阀1016、控制阀912以及制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的出液阀1130处于断开状 态。
当驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积,以将第二液压腔17中的制动液分别通过第一制动管110、第二制动管路120压入制动管路163和制动管路162,并通过制动管路163压入制动轮缸28、29,通过制动管路162压入制动轮缸26、27。
在活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积的过程中,储液装置30中的制动液可以通过制动管路910进入第一液压腔16,以对第一液压腔16进行补液,减小驱动装置15驱动活塞12的驱动力。另外,由于第五控制阀131处于断开状态,第二制动管路120中的制动液无法通过第三制动管路130进入第一液压腔16。
在反向增压过程中,第一控制阀111、第二控制阀121以及制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的进液阀1120处于导通状态,控制阀1015、控制阀1016、第四控制阀161、第五控制阀171以及制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的出液阀1130处于断开状态。
当驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积,以将第一液压腔16中的一部分制动液通过连通的第三制动管130、第二制动管路120压入制动管路162,以为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。
第一液压腔16中的另一部分制动液通过连通的第三制动管130、第四制动管路140进入第一制动管路110,并通过第一制动管路110进入制动管路163,为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。由于第四控制阀161以及第五控制阀171处于断开状态,因此会阻断制动液通过第五制动管路150和第六制动管路160流入第二液压腔17。
另外,储液装置30中的制动液还可以通过制动管路173进入第二液压腔17,以对第二液压腔17进行补液,减小第一液压腔16和第二液压腔17中制动液的压力差,减小驱动装置15驱动活塞12的驱动力。
液压调节装置913在减压过程中,控制阀1015、控制阀1016、制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的进液阀1120以及制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的出液阀1130处于断开状态,第一控制阀111、第二控制阀121、第四控制阀161、控制阀912以及第五控制阀171处于导通状态。
当驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积,以将制动轮缸26、27、28、29中的制动液分别通过第一制动管路110以及第二制动管路120抽入第二液压腔17,并存储在第二液压腔17中。
液压调节装置913在减压过程中,控制阀1015、控制阀1016、制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的进液阀1020以及制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的出液阀1030处于断开状态,第一控制阀111、控制阀912、第三控制阀161、第四控制阀171以及第二控制阀121处于导通状态。
当驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积,以将制动轮缸26、27、28、29中的一部分制动液分别通过第一制动管路110以及第二制动管路120抽入第二液压腔17,并存储在第二液压腔17中。
同时,制动轮缸26、27、28、29中的另一部分制动液在通过第二制动管路120,或者通过第四制动管路140之后,会通过第三制动管路130流至第一液压腔16,并通过制动管路910流至储液装置30。
需要说明的是,在上述基于液压调节装置913的减压过程中,由于第一液压腔16和 第二液压腔17之间存在压力差,存储第二液压腔17中的至少部分制动液也会通过第三制动管路130流至第一液压腔16,并通过制动管路910流至储液装置30。
下文结合上文中介绍的4种失效模式,介绍制动系统1100在各个失效模式下的冗余性能。
一、在制动回路的泄露失效模式下,制动系统1300可以执行基于液压调节装置的单回路制动的冗余制动方案。
液压调节装置913在单回路制动的双向增压模式下,假设制动回路1140失效,液压调节装置913需要通过制动回路1150为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。
此种情况下,第二控制阀121、控制阀1015、控制阀1016、控制阀912以及制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的出液阀1130处于断开状态,第四控制阀161、第五控制阀171、第一控制阀111以及制动轮缸28、29对应的出液阀1130处于导通状态。
在正向增压过程中,当驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积,以将第二液压腔17中的一部分制动液通过第六制动管路160压入第一制动管路110,再通过第一制动管路110压入制动管路163,以为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。第二液压腔17中的另一部分制动液通过第七制动管路170压入第四制动管路140,再通过第四制动管路140进入第一制动管路110,以通过制动管路163为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。第二制动管路120中由于第二控制阀121处于断开状态,因此,第二液压腔17中的制动液无法通过第二制动管路120。
另外,在活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积的过程中,第一液压腔16的容积增大,储液装置30中的制动液可以通过制动管路910进入第一液压腔16,以对第一液压腔16进行补液,减小驱动装置15驱动活塞12的驱动力。
在反向增压过程中,控制第四控制阀161和第五控制阀171处于断开状态,当驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积,以将第一液压腔16中的一部分制动液通过第三制动管路130压入第四制动管路140,并通过第四制动管路140进入第一制动管路110,再通过第一制动管路110压入制动管路163,以为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。由于,第四控制阀161、第五控制阀171以及第二控制阀121处于断开状态,因此,第一液压腔16中的制动液无法通过第二制动管路120。
另外,在活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积的过程中,第二液压腔17的容积增大,储液装置30中的制动液可以通过进液管路1 173进入第二液压腔17,以对第二液压腔17进行补液,减小驱动装置15驱动活塞12的驱动力。
液压调节装置913在单回路制动的双向增压模式下,假设制动回路1150失效,液压调节装置913需要通过制动回路1140为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。
此种情况下,第一控制阀111、控制阀1015、控制阀1016、控制阀912以及制动轮缸26、27、28、29对应的出液阀1130处于断开状态,第五控制阀171、第四控制阀161、第二控制阀121处于导通状态。
驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积,以将第二液压腔17中的制动液通过第二制动管120压入制动管路162,并通过制动管路162压入制动轮缸26、27。第一制动管路110中由于第一控制阀111处于断开状态,因此,第二液压腔17中的制动液无法通过第一制动管路110。
在正向增压过程中,当驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积,以将第二液压腔17中的一部分制动液通过第七制动管路170压入第二制动管路120,再通过第二制动管路120压入制动管路162,以为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。第二液压腔17中的另一部分制动液通过第六制动管路160压入第四制动管路140,再通过第四制动管路140进入第二制动管路120,以通过制动管路162为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。第一制动管路110中由于第一控制阀111处于断开状态,因此,第二液压腔17中的制动液无法通过第一制动管路110。
另外,在活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积的过程中,第一液压腔16的容积增大,储液装置30中的制动液可以通过制动管路910进入第一液压腔16,以对第一液压腔16进行补液,减小驱动装置15驱动活塞12的驱动力。
在反向增压过程中,控制第四控制阀161和第五控制阀171处于断开状态,当驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积,以将第一液压腔16中的一部分制动液通过第三制动管路130压入第二制动管路120,再通过第二制动管路120压入制动管路162,以为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。由于,第四控制阀161、第五控制阀171以及第一控制阀111处于断开状态,因此,第一液压腔16中的制动液无法通过第一制动管路110。
另外,在活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积的过程中,第二液压腔17的容积增大,储液装置30中的制动液可以通过进液管路1 173进入第二液压腔17,以对第二液压腔17进行补液,减小驱动装置15驱动活塞12的驱动力。
上文介绍了制动系统中某一制动回路出现泄露失效后,制动系统的冗余方案。当第一控制阀111、第二控制阀121、第四控制阀161以及第五控制阀171中某一个出现泄露失效时,可以通过人工制动对未发生泄露失效的控制阀所在的制动回路进行控制。
例如,当第一控制阀111和/或第四控制阀161泄露失效时,可以控制控制阀1015处于导通状态,控制阀1016处于断开状态,由制动主缸1017将制动液压入制动管路162,以为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。
又例如,当第二控制阀121和/或第五控制阀171泄露失效时,可以控制控制阀1016处于导通状态,控制阀1015处于导通状态,由制动主缸1017将制动液压入制动管路163,以为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。
二、在控制阀卡滞失效模式下,制动系统1300可以执行基于液压调节装置的冗余制动方案。需要说明的是,当第四控制阀161或第五控制阀171卡滞失效时,液压调节装置仍然可以通过双向增压模式为制动轮缸26、27、28、29提供制动力。当第一控制阀111或第二控制阀121卡滞失效时,液压调节装置只能通过正常工作的控制阀为制动系统提供单回路制动方案。
假设第四控制阀161卡滞失效,在正向增压的过程中,第二液压腔17中的一部分制动液可以通过第七制动管路170流至第二制动管路120,并通过第二制动管路120流至制动管路162,以为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。第二液压腔17中的另一部分制动液通过第七制动管路170流至第四制动管路140,并通过第四制动管路140流至第一制动管路110,再通过第一制动管路110流至制动管路163,以为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。
在反向增压的过程中,第一液压腔16中的一部分制动液可以通过第三制动管路130流至第二制动管路120,并通过第二制动管路120流至制动管路162,以为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。第一液压腔16中的另一部分制动液通过第三制动管路130流至第四制动管路140,并通过第四制动管路140流至第一制动管路110,再通过第一制动管路110流至制动管路163,以为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。
假设第五控制阀171卡滞失效,在正向增压的过程中,第二液压腔17中的一部分制动液可以通过第六制动管路160流至第一制动管路110,并通过第一制动管路110流至制动管路163,以为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。第二液压腔17中的另一部分制动液通过第六制动管路160流至第四制动管路140,并通过第四制动管路140流至第二制动管路120,再通过第二制动管路120流至制动管路162,以为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。
在反向增压的过程中,第一液压腔16中的一部分制动液可以通过第三制动管路130流至第二制动管路120,并通过第二制动管路120流至制动管路162,以为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。第一液压腔16中的另一部分制动液通过第三制动管路130流至第四制动管路140,并通过第四制动管路140流至第一制动管路110,再通过第一制动管路110流至制动管路163,以为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。
假设第一控制阀111卡滞失效,液压调节装置913可以通过双向增压过程为制动回路1040提供制动力。在正向增压的过程中,第二液压腔17中的一部分制动液可以通过第六制动管路160流至第四制动管路140,并通过第四制动管路140流至第二制动管路120,再通过第二制动管路120流至制动管路162,以为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。第二液压腔17中的另一部分制动液通过第七制动管路170流至第二制动管路120,再通过第二制动管路120流至制动管路162,以为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。
在反向增压过程中,第一液压腔16中的制动液可以通过第三制动管路130流至第二制动管路120,并通过第二控制阀121流至制动管路162,通过制动管路162为第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。
假设第二控制阀121卡滞失效,液压调节装置913可以通过双向增压过程为制动回路1050提供制动力。在正向增压的过程中,第二液压腔17中的一部分制动液可以通过第七制动管路170流至第四制动管路140,并通过第四制动管路140流至第一制动管路110,再通过第一制动管路110流至制动管路163,以为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。第二液压腔17中的另一部分制动液通过第六制动管路160流至第一制动管路110,再通过第一制动管路110流至制动管路163,以为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。
在反向增压过程中,第一液压腔16中的制动液可以通过第三制动管路130流至第四制动管路140,并通过第一控制阀111流至制动管路163,通过制动管路163为第一组制动轮缸28、29提供制动力。
三、在控制阀连通失效模式下,处于连通失效的控制阀一直处于连通状态,并不会阻断制动液的流动,因此,第一控制阀111、第二控制阀121、第四控制阀161以及第五控制阀171中一个或多个控制阀连通失效时,并不会影响液压调节装置913的双向增压功能,或者减压功能的实现。然而,若第四控制阀161和/或第五控制阀171连通失效,在反向增压过程中,由于第一液压腔16中的制动液可以通过连通失效的控制阀流至第二液压腔 17,在一定程度上有可能影响反向增压过程的效率。
需要说明的是,上述在控制阀连通失效模式下双向增压过程、减压过程与该制动系统中控制阀正常工作的情况下的双向增压过程、减压过程类似,为了简洁,在此不再具体赘述。
四、在复合失效模式下,制动系统1300可以执行基于液压调节装置的单回路制动的冗余制动方案。
假设第一控制阀111或第二控制阀121处于连通失效模式,且处于连通失效模式的控制阀对应的制动回路出现泄漏,则制动系统1300可以通过人工制动模式,对未泄露的制动回路进行制动。
例如,第一控制阀111处于连通失效模式,且制动回路1050出现泄漏,则可以控制控制阀1016和第二控制阀121处于断开状态,控制控制阀1015处于连通状态,这样,制动主缸1017中的制动液可以通过制动管路162流至第二组制动轮缸26、27。
又例如,第二控制阀121处于连通失效模式,且制动回路1040出现泄漏,则可以控制控制阀1015和第一控制阀111处于断开状态,控制控制阀1016处于连通状态,这样,制动主缸1017中的制动液可以通过制动管路163流至第一组制动轮缸28、29。
需要说明的是,只要第一控制阀111和第二控制阀121未同时出现卡滞失效,则液压调节装置913可以为整个制动系统进行减压。
上文结合图1至图13介绍了本申请实施例的液压调节装置、液压调节单元以及制动系统,下文结合图14介绍本申请实施例提供的控制方法,应理解,本申请实施例提供的方案可以与上述任意一种液压调节单元配合使用,或者本申请的方法还可以应用于包含上述任意一种液压调节单元的制动系统。
图14是本申请实施例的控制方法的示意性流程图。图14所示的方法包括步骤1410以及步骤1420。
1410,控制器生成控制指令,控制指令用于对制动系统中的驱动装置15进行控制。
1420,控制器向驱动装置15发送控制指令,通过控制驱动装置15驱动活塞12沿着液压缸11的内壁运动,以增大或减小第一组制动轮缸28、29和/或第二组制动轮缸26、27中制动液的压力。
可选地,作为一个实施例,第二液压腔17通过第五制动管路150与第四制动管路140相连,第五制动管路150设置有第三控制阀151以控制第五制动管路150的通断,在液压调节装置10进行正向增压的过程中,第三控制阀151处于导通状态,上述步骤1420包括:控制器向驱动装置15发送控制指令,控制指令用于控制驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积。
可选地,作为一个实施例,在液压调节装置10进行反向增压的过程中,第三控制阀151处于导通状态,上述步骤1420包括:控制器向驱动装置15发送控制指令,控制指令用于控制驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积。
可选地,作为一个实施例,第三控制阀151与单向阀152并联,单向阀152允许制动液从第二液压腔17流至第四制动管路140,且阻断制动液从第四制动管路140流至第二液压腔17,方法还包括:在单向阀152故障且液压调节装置10进行正向增压的过程中,控制器控制第三控制阀151处于导通状态,以使得第二液压腔17通过第五制动管路150 为第一组制动轮缸28、29和/或第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。
可选地,作为一个实施例,第二液压腔17通过第六制动管路160与第一制动管路110相连,第六制动管路160上设置有第四控制阀161以控制第六制动管路160的通断;第二液压腔17通过第七制动管路170与第二制动管路120相连,第七制动管路170上设置有第五控制阀171以控制第七制动管路170的通断,在液压调节装置10进行正向增压的过程中,第一控制阀111、第二控制阀121、第四控制阀161和第五控制阀171处于导通状态,上述步骤1420包括:控制器向驱动装置15发送控制指令,控制指令用于控制驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积。
可选地,作为一个实施例,若第四控制阀161卡滞故障,第一控制阀111、第二控制阀121以及第五控制阀171处于导通状态,上述步骤1420包括:控制器向驱动装置15发送控制指令,控制指令用于控制驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积。
可选地,作为一个实施例,第二液压腔17中的一部分制动液通过第七制动管路170流至第四制动管路140,通过第四制动管路140流至第一制动管路110;第二液压腔17中的另一部分制动液通过第七制动管路170流至第二制动管路120。
可选地,作为一个实施例,若第五控制阀171卡滞故障,第一控制阀111、第二控制阀121以及第四控制阀161处于导通状态,上述步骤1420包括:控制器向驱动装置15发送控制指令,控制指令用于控制驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积。
可选地,作为一个实施例,第二液压腔17中的一部分制动液通过第六制动管路160流至第四制动管路140,通过第四制动管路140流至第二制动管路120;第二液压腔17中的另一部分制动液通过第六制动管路160流至第一制动管路110。
可选地,作为一个实施例,在液压调节装置10进行反向增压的过程中,第四控制阀161和第五控制阀171处于断开状态,第一控制阀111和第二控制阀121处于导通状态,上述步骤1420包括:控制器向驱动装置15发送控制指令,控制指令用于控制驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积。
需要说明的是,上述检测控制阀故障的控制器、控制控制阀状态的控制器可以与上述发送控制指令的控制器为一个控制器。或者,上述检测控制阀故障的控制器、控制控制阀状态的控制器为一个控制器,而上述发送控制指令的控制器为另一个控制器。也就是说,在本申请中,上述控制功能可以由一个控制器实现,或者由多个控制器协作实现,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
上文结合图14介绍了本申请实施例的控制方法,下文结合图15至图16介绍本申请中执行上述控制方法的控制装置。需要说明的是,本申请实施例的装置可以应用于上文介绍的任意一种液压调节单元或者制动系统中,实现上文介绍的控制方法中的一个或多个步骤,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。
图15是本申请实施例的控制装置的示意图,图15所示的控制装置1500包括处理单元1510和发送单元1520。
处理单元1510,用于生成控制指令,控制指令用于对驱动装置15进行控制。
发送单元1520,用于向驱动装置15发送生成单元1510生成的控制指令,通过控制驱动装置15驱动活塞12沿着液压缸11的内壁运动,以增大或减小第一组制动轮缸28、29和/或第二组制动轮缸26、27中制动液的压力。
可选地,作为一个实施例,第二液压腔17通过第五制动管路150与第四制动管路140相连,第五制动管路150设置有第三控制阀151以控制第五制动管路150的通断,在液压调节装置10进行正向增压的过程中,第三控制阀151处于导通状态,上述发送单元1520还用于:向驱动装置15发送控制指令,控制指令用于控制驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积。
可选地,作为一个实施例,在液压调节装置10进行反向增压的过程中,第三控制阀151处于导通状态,上述发送单元1520还用于:控制器向驱动装置15发送控制指令,控制指令用于控制驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积。
可选地,作为一个实施例,第三控制阀151与单向阀152并联,单向阀152允许制动液从第二液压腔17流至第四制动管路140,且阻断制动液从第四制动管路140流至第二液压腔17,处理单元1510还用于:在单向阀152故障且液压调节装置10进行正向增压的过程中,控制第三控制阀151处于导通状态,以使得第二液压腔17通过第五制动管路150为第一组制动轮缸28、29和/或第二组制动轮缸26、27提供制动力。
可选地,作为一个实施例,第二液压腔17通过第六制动管路160与第一制动管路110相连,第六制动管路160上设置有第四控制阀161以控制第六制动管路160的通断;第二液压腔17通过第七制动管路170与第二制动管路120相连,第七制动管路170上设置有第五控制阀171以控制第七制动管路170的通断,在液压调节装置10进行正向增压的过程中,第一控制阀111、第二控制阀121、第四控制阀161和第五控制阀171处于导通状态,上述发送单元1520还用于:向驱动装置15发送控制指令,控制指令用于控制驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积。
可选地,作为一个实施例,若第四控制阀161卡滞故障,第一控制阀111、第二控制阀121以及第五控制阀171处于导通状态,上述发送单元1520还用于:向驱动装置15发送控制指令,控制指令用于控制驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积。
可选地,作为一个实施例,第二液压腔17中的一部分制动液通过第七制动管路170流至第四制动管路140,通过第四制动管路140流至第一制动管路110;第二液压腔17中的另一部分制动液通过第七制动管路170流至第二制动管路120。
可选地,作为一个实施例,若第五控制阀171卡滞故障,第一控制阀111、第二控制阀121以及第四控制阀161处于导通状态,上述发送单元1520还用于:向驱动装置15发送控制指令,控制指令用于控制驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第二液压腔17的容积。
可选地,作为一个实施例,第二液压腔17中的一部分制动液通过第六制动管路160流至第四制动管路140,通过第四制动管路140流至第二制动管路120;第二液压腔17中的另一部分制动液通过第六制动管路160流至第一制动管路110。
可选地,作为一个实施例,在液压调节装置10进行反向增压的过程中,第四控制阀161和第五控制阀171处于断开状态,第一控制阀111和第二控制阀121处于导通状态,上述发送单元1520还用于向驱动装置15发送控制指令,控制指令用于控制驱动装置15驱动活塞12压缩第一液压腔16的容积。
在可选的实施例中,上述处理单元1510可以为处理器1620,上述发送单元1520可以为通信接口1630,控制器的具体结构如图16所示。
图16是本申请另一实施例的控制器的示意性框图。图16所示的控制器1600可以包 括:存储器1610、处理器1620、以及通信接口1630。其中,存储器1610、处理器1620,通信接口1630通过内部连接通路相连,该存储器1610用于存储指令,该处理器1620用于执行该存储器1620存储的指令,以控制通信接口1630接收/发送信息。可选地,存储器1610既可以和处理器1620通过接口耦合,也可以和处理器1620集成在一起。
需要说明的是,上述通信接口1630使用例如但不限于输入/输出接口(input/output interface)一类的装置,来实现控制器1600与其他设备或通信网络之间的通信。
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器1620中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器1610,处理器1620读取存储器1610中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复,这里不再详细描述。
应理解,本申请实施例中,该处理器可以为中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。
还应理解,本申请实施例中,该存储器可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器,并向处理器提供指令和数据。处理器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如,处理器还可以存储设备类型的信息。
需要说明的是,本申请中涉及的“出液管路”和“进液管路”可以对应不同的制动管路,也可以对应相同的一条制动管路。“出液管路”和“进液管路”仅仅基于制动管路在制动系统中的功能来区分的。例如,当“出液管路”和“进液管路”对应相同的制动管路1时,可以理解为,在为汽车的车轮减压的过程中,制动系统中的制动管路1用于将制动轮缸中的制动液输送至储液装置,此时,制动管路1可以称为“出液管路”。在为汽车的车轮增压的过程中,该制动管路1用于为汽车的车轮提供制动液,以为汽车的车轮提供制动力,此时,制动管路1可以称为“进液管路”。
另外,本申请中涉及的“进液阀”、“出液阀”以及“均压阀”仅仅基于控制阀在制动系统中的功能来区分的。用于控制进液管路连通或者断开的控制阀可以称为“进液阀”或者“增压阀”。用于控制回液管路连通或者断开的控制器可以称为“出液阀”或者“减压阀”。用于隔离两级制动子系统的控制阀可以称为“隔离阀”。其中,上述控制阀可以是现有的制动系统中常用的阀,例如,电磁阀等,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
另外,当控制阀连接至制动管路后,控制阀与制动管路的连接端口可以通过第一端和第二端表示,本申请对制动液在第一端和第二端之间的流向不作限定。例如,当控制阀处于导通状态时,制动液可以从控制阀的第一端流至控制阀的第二端,或者,当控制阀处于断开状态时,制动液可以从控制阀的第二端流至控制阀的第一端。
另外,本申请中涉及的“第一制动管路110”、“第二制动管路120”、“第三制动管路130”、“第四进液管路140”、以及其他制动管路等可以理解为实现某一功能的一段或多段制动管 路。例如,第一进液管路130为用于连接制动主缸3与第一组车轮的制动轮缸151的多段制动管路。
另外,本申请在结合附图介绍制动系统、汽车等架构时,附图中会示意性地示出每个控制阀可以实现的两种工作状态(断开或连通),并不限定控制阀当前的工作状态如图所示。
另外,本申请在结合附图介绍液压调节单元、制动系统、汽车等架构时,各个实施例对应的附图中功能相同的部件使用的编号相同,为了简洁,各部件的功能不会在每个实施例中说明,可以参见全文中关于各部件功能的介绍。
另外,本申请中的液压调节单元可以是制动系统中用于调节制动液压力的单元,包括上文中涉及的一条或多条制动管路,以及制动管路中控制阀、单向阀等元件。可选地,上述液压调节单元还可以包括液压调节装置中的液压缸、活塞、推杆等元件。当上述液压调节单元安装于制动系统后,制动系统可以包括液压调节单元、制动轮缸、储液装置、制动踏板等元件。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (21)

  1. 一种液压调节单元,其特征在于,包括:
    具有双向增压功能的液压调节装置(10),所述液压调节装置(10)包括第一液压腔(16)和第二液压腔(17);
    所述第二液压腔(17)与第一制动管路(110)中第一控制阀(111)的第一端相连,且与第二制动管路(120)中的第二控制阀(121)的第一端相连,所述第一制动管路(110)用于为第一组制动轮缸(28、29)提供制动力,所述第二制动管路(120)用于为第二组制动轮缸(26、27)提供制动力,所述第一控制阀(111)用于控制所述第一制动管路(110)的通断状态,所述第二控制阀(121)用于控制所述第二制动管路(120)的通断状态,所述第一控制阀(111)的第一端与所述第二控制阀(121)的第一端通过第四制动管路(140)连通;
    所述第一液压腔(16)通过第三制动管路(130)与所述第四制动管路(140)连通。
  2. 如权利要求1所述的液压调节单元,其特征在于,所述第一液压腔(16)通过第三制动管路(130)与所述第二制动管路(120)连通,其中,所述第三制动管路(130)与所述第二制动管路(120)的接口与所述第二控制阀(121)的第一端相连,且所述接口与所述第四制动管路(140)相连。
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的液压调节单元,其特征在于,所述第一控制阀(111)用于控制所述第一液压腔(16)通过连通的所述第三制动管路(130)以及所述第二制动管路(120),为所述第二组制动轮缸(26、27)提供制动力;
    所述第二控制阀(121)用于控制所述第一液压腔(16)通过连通的所述第三制动管路(130)以及所述第四制动管路(140),为所述第一组制动轮缸(28、29)提供制动力。
  4. 如权利要求1-3中任一项所述的液压调节单元,其特征在于,所述第二液压腔(17)通过第五制动管路(150)与所述第四制动管路(140)相连,所述第五制动管路(150)设置有第三控制阀(151)以控制所述第五制动管路(150)的通断。
  5. 如权利要求4所述的液压调节单元,其特征在于,所述第三控制阀(151)与单向阀(152)并联,所述单向阀(152)允许制动液从所述第二液压腔(17)流至所述第四制动管路(140),且阻断制动液从所述第四制动管路(140)流至所述第二液压腔(17)。
  6. 如权利要求1-3中任一项所述的液压调节单元,其特征在于,所述第二液压腔(17)通过第六制动管路(160)与所述第一制动管路(110)相连,所述第六制动管路(160)上设置有第四控制阀(161)以控制所述第六制动管路(160)的通断;
    所述第二液压腔(17)通过第七制动管路(170)与所述第二制动管路(120)相连,所述第七制动管路(170)上设置有第五控制阀(171)以控制所述第七制动管路(170)的通断。
  7. 如权利要求1-6中任一项所述的液压调节单元,其特征在于,所述第一液压腔(16)和所述第二液压腔(17)为通过所述液压调节装置(10)中的活塞(12)将所述液压调节装置(10)的液压缸(11)进行分隔形成的,
    所述第一液压腔(16)的端部设置有推杆支撑部(14),所述推杆支撑部(14)用于 支撑推杆(13),所述推杆(13)推动所述活塞(12)在所述液压缸(11)中沿着活塞行程运动,且所述推杆支撑部(14)上设置有第一液压调节口(14a);
    所述推杆(13)上设有第二液压调节口(13a),所述第二液压调节口(13a)的第一端与所述第一液压腔(16)连通;
    当所述活塞(12)位于所述活塞行程的内止点时,所述第一液压调节口(14a)与所述第二液压调节口(13a)的第二端连通;当所述活塞(12)位于所述活塞行程中除所述内止点之外的位置时,所述第一液压调节口(14a)与所述第二液压调节口(13a)的第二端不连通。
  8. 如权利要求7所述的液压调节单元,其特征在于,所述第一液压调节口(14a)与第一出液管路(180)相连,当所述活塞(12)位于所述活塞行程的内止点时,所述第一出液管路(180)用于将所述第一液压腔(16)中的制动液排出。
  9. 一种制动系统,其特征在于,包括第一组制动轮缸(28、29)、第二组制动轮缸(26、27)以及如权利要求1-8中任一项所述的液压调节单元,所述液压调节单元为所述第一组制动轮缸(28、29)和/或所述第二组制动轮缸(26、27)提供制动力。
  10. 如权利要求9所述的制动系统,其特征在于,所述制动系统还包括驱动装置(15),
    所述驱动装置(15)驱动所述液压调节装置(10)中的活塞(12)沿着所述液压调节装置(10)的液压缸(11)的内壁运动形成活塞行程。
  11. 如权利要求9或10所述的制动系统,其特征在于,所述第一液压调节口(14a)与第一出液管路(180)相连,当所述活塞(12)位于所述活塞行程的内止点时,所述第一组制动轮缸(28、29)和/或所述第二组制动轮缸(26、27)中的制动液通过连通的所述第一液压调节口(14a)与所述第二液压调节口(13a)的第二端,流至所述第一出液管路(180),并通过所述第一出液管路(180)排至储液装置(30)。
  12. 一种制动系统的控制方法,其特征在于,所述制动系统包括具有双向增压功能的液压调节装置(10),所述液压调节装置(10)包括活塞(12)、液压缸(11)、推杆(13),其中,所述活塞(12)将所述液压缸(11)分隔为第一液压腔(16)和第二液压腔(17);
    所述第二液压腔(17)与第一制动管路(110)中第一控制阀(111)的第一端相连,且与第二制动管路(120)中的第二控制阀(121)的第一端相连,所述第一制动管路(110)用于为第一组制动轮缸(28、29)提供制动力,所述第二制动管路(120)用于为第二组制动轮缸(26、27)提供制动力,所述第一控制阀(111)用于控制所述第一制动管路(110)的通断状态,所述第二控制阀(121)用于控制所述第二制动管路(120)的通断状态,所述第一控制阀(111)的第一端与所述第二控制阀(121)的第一端通过第四制动管路(140)连通;
    所述第一液压腔(16)通过第三制动管路(130)与所述第四制动管路(140)相连,
    所述控制方法包括:
    控制器生成控制指令,所述控制指令用于对所述制动系统中的驱动装置(15)进行控制;
    所述控制器向所述驱动装置(15)发送所述控制指令,通过控制所述驱动装置(15)驱动所述活塞(12)沿着所述液压缸(11)的内壁运动,以增大或减小所述第一组制动轮缸(28、29)和/或所述第二组制动轮缸(26、27)中制动液的压力。
  13. 如权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二液压腔(17)通过第五制动管路(150)与所述第四制动管路(140)相连,所述第五制动管路(150)设置有第三控制阀(151)以控制所述第五制动管路(150)的通断,
    所述控制器向所述驱动装置(15)发送所述控制指令,包括:
    在所述液压调节装置(10)进行正向增压的过程中,且所述第三控制阀(151)处于导通状态,所述控制器向所述驱动装置(15)发送所述控制指令,所述控制指令用于控制所述驱动装置(15)驱动所述活塞(12)压缩所述第二液压腔(17)的容积。
  14. 如权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述控制器向所述驱动装置(15)发送所述控制指令,包括:
    在所述液压调节装置(10)进行反向增压的过程中,且所述第三控制阀(151)处于断开状态,所述控制器向所述驱动装置(15)发送所述控制指令,所述控制指令用于控制所述驱动装置(15)驱动所述活塞(12)压缩所述第一液压腔(16)的容积。
  15. 如权利要求13或14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三控制阀(151)与单向阀(152)并联,所述单向阀(152)允许制动液从所述第二液压腔(17)流至所述第四制动管路(140),且阻断制动液从所述第四制动管路(140)流至所述第二液压腔(17),
    所述方法还包括:
    在所述单向阀(152)故障,且所述液压调节装置(10)进行正向增压的过程中,所述控制器控制所述第三控制阀(151)处于导通状态,以使得所述第二液压腔(17)通过所述第五制动管路(150)为所述第一组制动轮缸(28、29)和/或所述第二组制动轮缸(26、27)提供制动力。
  16. 如权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二液压腔(17)通过第六制动管路(160)与所述第一制动管路(110)相连,所述第六制动管路(160)上设置有第四控制阀(161)以控制所述第六制动管路(160)的通断;
    所述第二液压腔(17)通过第七制动管路(170)与所述第二制动管路(120)相连,所述第七制动管路(170)上设置有第五控制阀(171)以控制所述第七制动管路(170)的通断,
    在所述液压调节装置(10)进行正向增压的过程中,所述第一控制阀(111)、所述第二控制阀(121)、所述第四控制阀(161)和所述第五控制阀(171)处于导通状态,
    所述控制器向所述驱动装置(15)发送所述控制指令,包括:
    所述控制器向所述驱动装置(15)发送所述控制指令,所述控制指令用于控制所述驱动装置(15)驱动所述活塞(12)压缩所述第二液压腔(17)的容积。
  17. 如权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述第四控制阀(161)卡滞故障,所述第一控制阀(111)、所述第二控制阀(121)以及所述第五控制阀(171)处于导通状态,
    所述控制器向所述驱动装置(15)发送所述控制指令,包括:
    所述控制器向所述驱动装置(15)发送所述控制指令,所述控制指令用于控制所述驱动装置(15)驱动所述活塞(12)压缩所述第二液压腔(17)的容积。
  18. 如权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二液压腔(17)中的一部分制动液通过所述第七制动管路(170)流至所述第四制动管路(140),通过所述第四制动管 路(140)流至所述第一制动管路(110);
    所述第二液压腔(17)中的另一部分制动液通过所述第七制动管路(170)流至所述第二制动管路(120)。
  19. 如权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述第五控制阀(171)卡滞故障,所述第一控制阀(111)、所述第二控制阀(121)以及所述第四控制阀(161)处于导通状态,
    所述控制器向所述驱动装置(15)发送所述控制指令,包括:
    所述控制器向所述驱动装置(15)发送所述控制指令,所述控制指令用于控制所述驱动装置(15)驱动所述活塞(12)压缩所述第二液压腔(17)的容积。
  20. 如权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二液压腔(17)中的一部分制动液通过所述第六制动管路(160)流至所述第四制动管路(140),通过所述第四制动管路(140)流至所述第二制动管路(120);
    所述第二液压腔(17)中的另一部分制动液通过所述第六制动管路(160)流至所述第一制动管路(110)。
  21. 如权利要求16-20中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述液压调节装置(10)进行反向增压的过程中,所述第四控制阀(161)和所述第五控制阀(171)处于断开状态,所述第一控制阀(111)和所述第二控制阀(121)处于导通状态,
    所述控制器向所述驱动装置(15)发送所述控制指令,包括:
    所述控制器向所述驱动装置(15)发送所述控制指令,所述控制指令用于控制所述驱动装置(15)驱动所述活塞(12)压缩所述第一液压腔(16)的容积。
PCT/CN2020/092514 2020-05-27 2020-05-27 液压调节单元、制动系统及控制方法 WO2021237496A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022572778A JP7511676B2 (ja) 2020-05-27 2020-05-27 油圧制御ユニット、ブレーキシステム、および制御方法
CN202080004665.3A CN112867646B (zh) 2020-05-27 2020-05-27 液压调节单元、制动系统及控制方法
PCT/CN2020/092514 WO2021237496A1 (zh) 2020-05-27 2020-05-27 液压调节单元、制动系统及控制方法
EP20937840.5A EP4147926A4 (en) 2020-05-27 2020-05-27 Hydraulic regulating unit, and braking system and control method therefor
US17/992,384 US20230092225A1 (en) 2020-05-27 2022-11-22 Hydraulic control unit, braking system, and control method

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/092514 WO2021237496A1 (zh) 2020-05-27 2020-05-27 液压调节单元、制动系统及控制方法

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/992,384 Continuation US20230092225A1 (en) 2020-05-27 2022-11-22 Hydraulic control unit, braking system, and control method

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021237496A1 true WO2021237496A1 (zh) 2021-12-02

Family

ID=76001780

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/092514 WO2021237496A1 (zh) 2020-05-27 2020-05-27 液压调节单元、制动系统及控制方法

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US20230092225A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4147926A4 (zh)
JP (1) JP7511676B2 (zh)
CN (1) CN112867646B (zh)
WO (1) WO2021237496A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4147929A4 (en) * 2020-05-13 2023-06-14 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT DEVICE, HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT SYSTEM, BRAKE SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD
CN115384467B (zh) * 2022-09-05 2023-11-17 浙江极氪智能科技有限公司 制动系统及车辆

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108773369A (zh) * 2018-07-14 2018-11-09 芜湖伯特利汽车安全系统股份有限公司 应用于机动车的电子液压制动系统
CN108791254A (zh) * 2018-06-08 2018-11-13 芜湖伯特利电子控制系统有限公司 一种提高补液速度的增压装置及其改进结构
KR20190023827A (ko) * 2017-08-30 2019-03-08 주식회사 만도 전자식 브레이크 시스템
CN109760656A (zh) * 2018-12-28 2019-05-17 上海擎度汽车科技有限公司 液压解耦式电子液压制动系统
CN110116718A (zh) * 2019-04-24 2019-08-13 芜湖伯特利电子控制系统有限公司 线控液压制动系统
CN110682900A (zh) * 2019-10-17 2020-01-14 浙江亚太机电股份有限公司 踏板感可调带自检的集成制动系统
CN110758365A (zh) * 2019-12-09 2020-02-07 宁泓(深圳)汽车科技有限公司 用于车辆的集成式线控制动系统

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8827377B2 (en) * 2010-02-26 2014-09-09 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Vehicle brake device and vehicle brake device control method
KR101622152B1 (ko) 2014-12-09 2016-06-01 주식회사 만도 전자식 브레이크 시스템
KR102475862B1 (ko) * 2015-12-04 2022-12-09 에이치엘만도 주식회사 전자식 브레이크 시스템
KR102700170B1 (ko) 2016-10-26 2024-08-28 에이치엘만도 주식회사 전자식 브레이크 시스템
US10583819B2 (en) * 2017-05-23 2020-03-10 Mando Corporation Electronic brake system
KR102356598B1 (ko) * 2017-05-23 2022-01-28 주식회사 만도 전자식 브레이크 시스템 및 그 제어 방법
US10696281B2 (en) * 2017-09-25 2020-06-30 Mando Corporation Electric brake system and operating method thereof
KR102431715B1 (ko) * 2017-09-25 2022-08-12 주식회사 만도 전자식 브레이크 시스템
CN109572650B (zh) * 2017-09-29 2022-08-19 株式会社万都 电子制动系统及启动方法
CN112585046B (zh) * 2020-05-13 2022-02-11 华为技术有限公司 液压调节单元、制动系统及控制方法

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20190023827A (ko) * 2017-08-30 2019-03-08 주식회사 만도 전자식 브레이크 시스템
CN108791254A (zh) * 2018-06-08 2018-11-13 芜湖伯特利电子控制系统有限公司 一种提高补液速度的增压装置及其改进结构
CN108773369A (zh) * 2018-07-14 2018-11-09 芜湖伯特利汽车安全系统股份有限公司 应用于机动车的电子液压制动系统
CN109760656A (zh) * 2018-12-28 2019-05-17 上海擎度汽车科技有限公司 液压解耦式电子液压制动系统
CN110116718A (zh) * 2019-04-24 2019-08-13 芜湖伯特利电子控制系统有限公司 线控液压制动系统
CN110682900A (zh) * 2019-10-17 2020-01-14 浙江亚太机电股份有限公司 踏板感可调带自检的集成制动系统
CN110758365A (zh) * 2019-12-09 2020-02-07 宁泓(深圳)汽车科技有限公司 用于车辆的集成式线控制动系统

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4147926A4 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4147926A4 (en) 2023-06-28
EP4147926A1 (en) 2023-03-15
CN112867646B (zh) 2022-07-22
US20230092225A1 (en) 2023-03-23
CN112867646A (zh) 2021-05-28
JP7511676B2 (ja) 2024-07-05
JP2023527835A (ja) 2023-06-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021248396A1 (zh) 踏板感觉模拟系统、液压调节单元及控制方法
US20230092225A1 (en) Hydraulic control unit, braking system, and control method
WO2021063159A1 (zh) 汽车的制动系统、汽车及制动系统的控制方法
US20230077277A1 (en) Hydraulic adjustment unit, brake system, and control method
WO2021208594A1 (zh) 汽车中制动系统的液压调节单元、制动系统及控制方法
WO2021098345A1 (zh) 汽车制动系统中的液压调节单元、汽车及控制方法
WO2021063158A1 (zh) 汽车的分布式制动系统、汽车及其控制方法
WO2021226889A1 (zh) 液压调节装置、液压调节系统、制动系统及控制方法
CN106740761B (zh) 一种带失效保护的完全解耦型制动系统及控制方法
WO2022021106A1 (zh) 液压调节单元、制动系统、车辆及控制方法
CN218907206U (zh) 冗余线控液压制动系统
CN114684093B (zh) 一种面向高级别自动驾驶的线控冗余制动系统
WO2022016347A1 (zh) 制动控制装置、制动控制系统及控制方法
US11951955B2 (en) Electrohydraulic brake apparatus
KR102016372B1 (ko) 전자식 브레이크 시스템
CN220785725U (zh) 冗余制动模块、制动系统和车辆
CN117962840A (zh) 冗余线控液压制动系统
CN113619543A (zh) 一种面向自动驾驶汽车的线控制动系统
CN116373826A (zh) 电液控制总成和车辆液压制动系统
KR20160070215A (ko) 전자식 브레이크 시스템

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20937840

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022572778

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020937840

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20221205

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE